2011 Aveo Owner Manual PDF

Chevrolet Aveo Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
2011 Chevrolet Aveo Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1 Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-3 Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-17
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Performance and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-25
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-40
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
2011 Chevrolet Aveo Owner Manual M
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 11-6
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Introduction iii
This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are Propritaires Canadiens
options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this
due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your
printing of this owner manual. dealer or from:
The names, logos, emblems, Please refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
slogans, vehicle model names,
specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en franais auprs du
and vehicle body designs appearing
the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou l'adresse
in this manual including, but not
For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante:
limited to, GM, the GM logo,
CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET substitute the name General Helm, Incorporated
Emblem, and AVEO are trademarks Motors of Canada Limited for P.O. Box 07130
and/or service marks of General Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it Detroit, MI 48207
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, appears in this manual.
1-800-551-4123
affiliates, or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for Numro de poste 6438 de langue
quick reference. franaise
www.helminc.com
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 20927444 A First Printing 2010 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols

{ WARNING
To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and
the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of
back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with
alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or
manual and the page number where information relating to a specific
it can be found. component, control, message,
Notice: This means there is
gauge, or indicator.
something that could result in
Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when
Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual
vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or
Warning messages found on vehicle
information.
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when
reduce them. you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
Danger indicates a hazard with a
information.
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a
hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means Do
death. Not, Do not do this, or Do not let
this happen.
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart # : Fog Lamps

Here are some additional symbols . : Fuel Gauge
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more + : Fuses
information on the symbol, refer to 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
the Index. Changer
9 : Airbag Readiness Light j : LATCH System Child
# : Air Conditioning Restraints
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
g : AudioSteering Wheel Controls : : Oil Pressure
or OnStar } : Power
$ : Brake System Warning Light / : Remote Vehicle Start
" : Charging System > : Safety Belt Reminders
I : Cruise Control 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
B : Engine Coolant Temperature F : Traction Control
O : Exterior Lamps M : Windshield Washer Fluid
vi Introduction
2 NOTES
In Brief 1-1
In Brief Vehicle Features

Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Instrument Panel Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-18
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-18
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Initial Drive Information Trip Computer (US Only) . . . . 1-19
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-3 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Performance and Maintenance
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-21
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-21
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Hood Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Driving for Better Fuel
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Sensing System for Passenger
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Steering Wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
In Brief 1-3
A. Air Vents on page 84. H. Horn on page 53. Initial Drive

B. Turn and LaneChange Lever. I. Infotainment System. See
See Turn and Lane-Change AM-FM Radio on page 73.
Information
Signals on page 63. J. Climate Control Systems on This section provides a brief
C. Instrument Cluster on page 58. page 81. overview about some of the
important features that may or may
D. Windshield Wiper/Washer on K. Ashtray. See Ashtrays on not be on your specific vehicle.
page 53. page 57.
For more detailed information, refer
Rear Window Wiper/Washer on L. Cupholders on page 41. to each of the features which can be
page 55 (If Equipped). M. Cigarette Lighter. See Cigarette found later in this owner manual.
E. Clock on page 55. Lighter on page 56.
F. Data Link Connector (DLC). N. Hazard Warning Flashers on
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp page 63.
on page 514. O. Glove Box on page 41.
G. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 106.
1-4 In Brief
Starting the Engine Remote Keyless Entry

The vehicle has a (RKE) System
Computer-Controlled Cranking The RKE transmitter is used to
System. It assists in starting the remotely lock and unlock the doors
engine and protects components. from up to 20 m (65 ft) away from
If the ignition key is turned to the vehicle.
START and then released when the
engine begins cranking, the engine
will continue cranking for a few
seconds or until the engine starts.
If the engine does not start and the
key is held in START, cranking will
be stopped after 15 seconds to Sedan
prevent damage. To prevent gear Press K to unlock all of the doors.
damage, cranking is not allowed if
the engine is running. Engine Press Q to lock all of the doors.
cranking can be stopped by turning
the ignition key to ACC/ Press V and hold for
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. See approximately one second to open
Starting the Engine on page 919. Hatchback the trunk on the sedan model.
Press 3 to sound the panic alarm
on the hatchback model. Press any
of the buttons on the transmitter to
turn off the alarm.
In Brief 1-5
The LED light (A) on the transmitter On vehicles equipped with the
flashes when the buttons on the central door unlocking system, lock
transmitter are pressed. If the light or unlock all the doors from the
does not flash, the transmitter inside using the driver door lock
battery needs to be replaced. switch.
See Keys on page 22 and Remote For more information see:
Keyless Entry (RKE) System . Door Locks on page 25.
Operation on page 23.
. Central Door Unlocking System
Door Locks on page 26.
From the outside, lock or unlock the Liftgate
door using the key or the Remote The handle is located above the
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, To unlock the liftgate on the right side of the license plate. Pull
if equipped. hatchback model from outside the the handle toward you and raise the
vehicle, use the key in the lock liftgate.
From the inside, all of the doors can cylinder or use the RKE transmitter,
be locked and unlocked by pushing if equipped. To lock the liftgate, use the key or
or pulling the manual door lock on the RKE transmitter, if equipped.
each door.
The liftgate can also be locked or
unlocked by the central door
unlocking system.
For more information see Liftgate
(Hatchback) on page 29.
1-6 In Brief
Trunk Release For more information see Trunk on Power Windows

page 27.
Windows
Manual Windows
Use the window crank to open and
close each window.
The vehicle may have a release
The rear windows do not open fully.
button located on the driver door.
Press it to open the trunk. For more information see Manual
Windows on page 215.
On vehicles with power windows,

the switches for all windows are
located on the driver door armrest.
Each passenger door has a switch
for its own window.
The ignition must be in ON/RUN to
use the power windows. To lower
the window, press and hold the
switch. To raise the window, lift up
on the switch. Release the switch
The vehicle may have a trunk when the window reaches the
release lever located on the desired level.
outboard side of the driver seat. Pull
the lever to open the trunk. For more information see Power
Windows on page 215.
In Brief 1-7
Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Manual Lumbar

Manual Seats
Turn the knob on the outboard side Move the adjustment lever on the
of the seat to adjust the height of outboard side of the seatback up or
To adjust a manual seat: the driver seat cushion. down to one of three positions to
1. Lift the bar under the front of the Turn the knob forward to raise and increase or decrease the lumbar
seat to unlock it. rearward to lower. support.
2. Slide the seat to the desired See Seat Adjustment on page 33 The highest position provides the
position and release the bar. for more information. most support and the lowest
position provides the least support.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in See Lumbar Adjustment on
place. page 34 for more information.
See Seat Adjustment on page 33
for more information.
1-8 In Brief
Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright Head Restraint

position:
Adjustment
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the The vehicle's front seats have
seatback, and the seatback will adjustable head restraints in the
return to the upright position. outboard seating positions.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to Do not drive until the head restraints
make sure it is locked. for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 34 for more information. To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
Second Row Seats while keeping the seat and the head
The rear seatbacks can be folded restraint height in the proper
To recline a manual seatback:
down to increase cargo space. position.
1. Lift the lever.
For detailed instructions see Rear For more information see Head
2. Move the seatback to the Seats (Sedan) on page 36 or Rear Restraints on page 32.
desired position, and then Seats (Hatchback) on page 38.
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
In Brief 1-9
Safety Belt Sensing System for

Passenger Airbag
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the right front passenger
frontal airbag and seatmounted
side impact airbag (if equipped) United States
under certain conditions. The driver
airbags are not affected by this.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible, near the
clock, located in the center of the
instrument panel when the vehicle is
started.
Canada
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use See Passenger Sensing System on
safety belts properly. page 331 for important information.
. Safety Belts on page 311.
. How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 314.
. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 320.
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 348.
1-10 In Brief
Mirror Adjustment Power Outside Mirrors Interior Mirror

Exterior Mirrors Hold the inside rearview mirror in
the center to move it for a clearer
Manual Outside Mirrors view behind your vehicle. Adjust the
mirror to avoid glare from the
headlamps behind you. Push the
tab forward for daytime use and pull
it for nighttime use.
See Manual Rearview Mirror on
page 214.
The control is on the instrument

panel, left of the steering wheel.
The ignition must be turned to ON/
The controls for the outside manual RUN to adjust the mirrors.
mirrors are next to each mirror. 1. Select the mirror by moving the
See Manual Mirrors on page 213. selector switch to L for the driver
side mirror or R for the
passenger side.
2. Press one of the four arrows on
the control pad to move the
mirror in the desired direction.
See Power Mirrors on page 213.
In Brief 1-11
Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting

Adjustment Dome Lamp
The vehicle has a dome lamp
located in the overhead console.
Move the switch to the following
positions:
ON: The light comes on and
stays on.
O : The light comes on when a
door is opened. The light turns off
when all the doors are closed.
OFF: The light remains off even Uplevel Shown, Base Similar
when a door is opened.
The lever on the left side of the
The lever is located under the
Be sure all doors and trunk lid or steering column operates the
steering column, slightly to the left.
hatch are completely closed or the exterior lamps.
To adjust the steering wheel: battery may drain.
3 : Turns on the headlamps and
1. Pull the lever down. For more information about interior other exterior lamps.
2. Move the steering wheel up or lighting, see Dome Lamps on
The headlamps automatically turn
down into a comfortable position. page 65
off when the ignition key is turned to
3. Pull the lever up to lock the LOCK/OFF or ACC/ACCESSORY.
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the tilt lever while
driving.
1-12 In Brief
; : Turns on the parking lamps, Windshield Wiper/Washer The lever is located on the right side
together with the taillamps, license of the steering column. The ignition
plate lamp, and instrument panel must be turned to ON/RUN to
lights. operate the windshield wipers.
OFF: Turns all the lamps off, HI: Fast wipes.
except the Daytime Running LO: Slow wipes.
Lamps (DRL).
INT: Move to this position for a
For more information, see: delayed wiping cycle. Turn the band
. Exterior Lamp Controls on on the windshield wiper toward
page 61. FAST or SLOW for a shorter or
longer delay between wipes. The
. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) wiper speed can only be adjusted
on page 62. when the lever is in the INT position.
. Fog Lamps on page 64. Sedan Shown
OFF: Turns the windshield
wipers off.
Hatchback Shown
In Brief 1-13
Misting Function Climate Controls

Move the lever toward INT for a For vehicles with these climate control systems, the heating, cooling, and
single wiping cycle. Hold it there ventilation can be controlled for the vehicle.
until the windshield wipers start;
then let go. For several wipes, hold
the band toward INT longer.
Windshield Washer
Pull the windshield washer/wiper
lever toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 53. For vehicles with a Rear
Window Wiper/Washer, see Rear
Window Wiper/Washer on page 55.
Climate Control System with Heater and Air Conditioning
A. Temperature Control D. Air Conditioning (A/C)

B. Fan Control E. Air Recirculation
C. Air Delivery Mode Control F. Rear Window Defogger
1-14 In Brief
Transmission
Automatic Transmission
Hold Mode
If the vehicle's transmission has
Hold Mode, you can select this
mode to allow the automatic
transmission to stay in a specific
gear range. Select Hold Mode to
help the vehicle maintain traction on
slippery road surfaces, such as
Climate Control System with Heater Only snow, mud, or ice.
A. Temperature Control D. Rear Window Defogger

B. Fan Control E. Outside Air/Recirculation
C. Air Delivery Mode Control See Climate Control Systems on
page 81.
In Brief 1-15
When Hold Mode is selected in Five-Speed Manual

2 (Second), the transmission will Transmission
start in 2 (Second) gear instead of
1 (First), helping to reduce wheel UpShift Light
spin when starting out on slippery
surface such as snow, mud or ice.
Since selecting Hold Mode in
D4 (Drive) locks the transmission in
3 (Third), and prevents downshifts to
2 (Second) or 1 (First), acceleration
from a stop or near stop on dry Vehicles equipped with a manual
pavement will be slower than transmission may have an up-shift
Press the HOLD button on the shift expected. Hold Mode should not be light. This light indicates when to
lever console to turn on Hold Mode. selected during these situations. shift to the next higher gear for
Press the button again to turn off better fuel economy.
See Automatic Transmission on
Hold Mode, and return to normal
page 925. For the best fuel economy,
automatic transmission operation.
Cold Weather Shifting accelerate slowly and shift when the
When Hold Mode is selected in light comes on, if weather, road, and
D4 (Drive), the transmission is held When operating the vehicle in traffic conditions allow.
in 3 (Third) gear, which locks out severe cold conditions, the
D4 (Drive). This allows for engine transmission may be prevented It is normal for the light to go on
braking when slowing from higher from shifting into D4 gear until the and off if the accelerator position
speeds. transmission fluid has warmed up to changes quickly. Ignore the light
its operational temperature. during downshifts.
1-16 In Brief
Reverse Lockout Vehicle Features When the system is on, press and
The manual transmission is release O to mute the system.
equipped with a lock ring to prevent Radio(s) Press and release O again to turn
shifting into R (Reverse). To shift the sound back on.
into R (Reverse), press down
the clutch pedal, lift up the ring on BAND: Press to choose FM, AM,
the shift lever, and shift into or XM (if equipped).
R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch u SEEK: Press to seek the next
pedal slowly while pressing the radio station with a strong signal in
accelerator pedal. the selected band.
See Manual Transmission on t SEEK: Press to seek the
page 929. previous radio station with a strong
signal in the selected band.
[ TUNE: Press to go to the next
station manually.
Radio with CD Shown r TUNE: Press to go to the
O: Press and release to turn the previous station manually.
system on. Press and hold this knob SCAN/AST: Press to scan radio
for more than two seconds to turn stations. Press and hold to use
the system off. Automatic Store.
Turn to increase or decrease the
volume.
In Brief 1-17
CD/AUX: Press to play a CD when Storing a Favorite Station Satellite Radio

listening to the radio. CDP appears
A maximum of 36 stations can be XM is a satellite radio service
on the display when the CD player
programmed as favorites using the that is based in the 48 contiguous
has been selected. The CD symbol
six pushbuttons positioned below United States and 10 Canadian
will appear on the display when a
the radio station frequency labels provinces. XM satellite radio has a
CD is loaded. Press CD/AUX while
and by using the radio favorites wide variety of programming
a CD is playing to pause the CD.
page button (FAV button). Press the and commercial-free music,
PAUSE flashes on the display.
FAV button to go through up to six coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality
Press CD/AUX again to start playing
pages of favorites, each having six sound.
the CD. Press CD/AUX to play a CD
favorite stations available per page.
when listening to the audio contents A fee is required to receive the XM
If Automatic Store is used, then four
from another device (AUX mode). service.
pages of favorites are available.
CDP appears on the display when
Each page of favorites can contain For more information, refer to:
the CD player has been selected.
any combination of AM, FM,
The CD symbol will appear on the . www.xmradio.com or call
or XM (if equipped) stations.
display when a CD is loaded. 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.)
See Storing a Favorite Station
Press to play a CD while a portable . www.xmradio.ca or call
under AM-FM Radio on page 73
audio device is playing. Press CD/ 1-877-438-9677 (Canada)
and CD Player on page 710.
AUX a second time for the system See XM Satellite Radio Service
to begin playing audio from the under AM-FM Radio on page 73
connected portable audio player. and CD Player on page 710.
The portable audio device continues
playing until it is turned off.
For more information about these
and other radio features, see
Introduction on page 71.
1-18 In Brief
Portable Audio Devices Steering Wheel Controls

This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack, located
on the lower right side of the audio
faceplate. External devices such as
iPods, laptop computers, MP3
players, etc. can be connected to
the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary input
jack using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input
jack cable.
See Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
under AM-FM Radio on page 73 Side View of the Volume Control
and CD Player on page 710.
Front View of the Steering Wheel If the vehicle has this feature, some
Controls audio controls can be adjusted at
the steering wheel.
PWR: Press and release to turn the
system on and off.
When the system is on, press and
release for a short time to mute the
system. Press and release again to
turn the sound back on.
In Brief 1-19
+ VOLUME : Press the Cruise Control Trip Computer (US Only)

toggle bar located below the
+ VOLUME to adjust the volume. The vehicle may have a trip
computer. It provides the driver with
MODE: Press and release this driving information such as the
button multiple times to cycle driving distance for the remaining
through the audio playback options fuel, outside temperature, average
that are available on the vehicle. fuel economy, and driving time.
SEEK: Press and release to go to The trip computer button is located
the next preset station, or CD track. in the lower right area of the
Press and hold for a long time to go tachometer. Each time you press it,
to the next AM, FM, or XM station, the display cycles through the
or to fast forward through CD tracks. available choices.
For more information, see Steering See Trip Computer (US Only) on
Wheel Controls on page 52. For vehicles with cruise control, the page 521.
buttons are located on the right side
of the steering wheel.
I / O : Press to turn the cruise
control on or off.
RES+: Press briefly to make the
vehicle resume to a previously set
speed, or press and hold to
accelerate.
SET: Press to set the speed or
make the vehicle decelerate.
See Cruise Control on page 932.
1-20 In Brief
Power Outlets Sunroof To vent the sunroof, open the

sunshade and then press and hold
Accessory power outlets can be the driver side switch. To close,
used to plug in electrical equipment, press the passenger side switch.
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
To fully open the sunroof, press and
The accessory power outlet is hold the passenger side switch. The
located next to the parking brake on sunshade will open with the sunroof.
the center console. To close, press the driver side
Remove the cover to access and switch. Manually close the
replace when not in use. sunshade.
The accessory power outlet is See Sunroof on page 216.
operational when the ignition is
turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN.
On vehicles with this feature, the
See Power Outlets on page 55. switch is on the headliner between
the sun visors and can only be
operated when the ignition is turned
to ON/RUN.
In Brief 1-21
Performance and During cooler conditions, the low tire Engine Oil Life System
pressure warning light may appear
Maintenance when the vehicle is first started and The engine oil life system calculates
then turn off. This may be an early engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays a change engine oil
Tire Pressure Monitor indicator that the tire pressures are
light when it is necessary to change
getting low and the tires need to be
This vehicle may have a Tire inflated to the proper pressure. the engine oil and filter.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS does not replace normal Resetting the Oil Life System
monthly tire maintenance. It is the 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
drivers responsibility to maintain with the engine off.
correct tire pressures.
2. Fully press and release the
See Tire Pressure Monitor System accelerator pedal three times
on page 1050. within five seconds.
The TPMS warning light alerts you 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
to a significant loss in pressure of See Engine Oil Life System on
one of the vehicle's tires. If the page 1012.
warning light comes on, stop as
soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 912. The warning
light will remain on until the tire
pressure is corrected.
1-22 In Brief
Hood Release Driving for Better Fuel

To open the hood: Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
3. Lift the hood and securely place . Avoid idling the engine for long
the hood prop into the slot on periods of time.
the inner fender. . When road and weather
1. Pull the hood release handle See Hood on page 106. conditions are appropriate, use
inside the vehicle. It is located cruise control.
on the lower left side of the
instrument panel.
2. At the front of the vehicle, lift up
on the secondary hood release
lever, located under the front
center of the vehicle.
In Brief 1-23
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance and OnStar
conditions require. Program If you have a current OnStar
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 subscription, press the Q button
. Keep vehicle tires properly
and the current GPS location will be
inflated. TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438 sent to an OnStar advisor who will
. Combine several trips into a Canada: 1-800-268-6800 assess your problem, contact
single trip. Roadside Assistance, and relay
As the owner of a new Chevrolet, your exact location to get the help
. Replace the vehicle's tires with you are automatically enrolled in the
the same TPC Spec number you need.
Roadside Assistance program. This
molded into the tire's sidewall program provides technically trained Online Owner Center
near the size. advisors who are available 24 hours The Online Owner Center is a
. Follow recommended scheduled a day, 365 days a year, to give complimentary service that includes
maintenance. minor repair information or make online service reminders, vehicle
towing arrangements. maintenance tips, online owner
For more information see Roadside manual, special privileges,
Assistance Program on page 136. and more.
Sign up today at:
www.chevyownercenter.com
(U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada).
1-24 In Brief
OnStar How OnStar Service Works (18884667827) or TTY

Q : Push this blue button to 18772482080, or press Q to
connect to a specially trained speak with an OnStar advisor
OnStar Advisor to verify your 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
account information and to answer For a full description of OnStar
questions. services and system limitations, see
] : Push this red emergency the OnStar Owner's Guide in the
button to get priority help from glove box.
For vehicles with an active OnStar specially trained OnStar emergency OnStar service is subject to the
subscription, OnStar uses several advisors. OnStar terms and conditions
innovative technologies and live
advisors to provide a wide range of X : Push this button for handsfree, included in the OnStar Subscriber
voiceactivated calling and to give Information.
safety, security, navigation,
diagnostics, and calling services. voice commands for HandsFree OnStar service requires wireless
Calling. communication networks and the
Automatic Crash Response Global Positioning System (GPS)
Automatic Crash Response,
In a crash, builtin sensors can Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, satellite network. Not all OnStar
automatically alert an OnStar Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle services are available everywhere
advisor who is immediately Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, or on all vehicles at all times.
connected to the vehicle to see if Roadside Assistance, and OnStar service cant work unless
you need help. HandsFree Calling are available on your vehicle is in a place where
most vehicles. Not all OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
services are available on all wireless service provider for service
vehicles. For more information see in that area, and the wireless
the OnStar Owner's Guide or visit service provider has coverage,
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or network capacity, reception, and
www.onstar.ca (Canada), contact technology compatible with OnStar's
OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR service. Service involving location
In Brief 1-25
information about your vehicle cant Your Responsibility

work unless GPS signals are
Increase the volume of the radio if
available, unobstructed, and
the OnStar advisor cannot be heard.
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. The vehicle has to have a If the light next to the OnStar
working electrical system and buttons is red, the system may not
adequate battery power for the be functioning properly. Push the Q
OnStar equipment to operate. button and request a vehicle
OnStar service may not work if the diagnostic. If the light appears clear
OnStar equipment isnt properly (no light appears), your OnStar
installed or you havent maintained subscription has expired and all
it and your vehicle is in good services have been deactivated.
working order and in compliance
Push the Q button to confirm that
with all government regulations.
If you try to add, connect, or modify the OnStar equipment is active.
any equipment or software in your
vehicle, OnStar service may not
work. Other problems OnStar cant
control may prevent service to you,
such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels,
weather, electrical system design
and architecture of your vehicle,
damage to important parts of your
vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone
network congestion or jamming.
1-26 In Brief
2 NOTES
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Windows Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-13
2-13
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-14
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Windows
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Central Door Unlocking Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Door Ajar Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Roof
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Doors
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Liftgate (Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . 2-10
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-12
2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows
Keys and Locks Your vehicle may have an electronic

immobilizer designed to protect your
car against theft. If so, only keys
Keys with the correct electronic code can
be used to start the vehicle. See
{ WARNING Immobilizer Operation on page 212
for additional information. If a
Leaving children in a vehicle with replacement key or an additional
the ignition key is dangerous for key is needed, it must be purchased
many reasons. Children or others from your dealer or certified
could be badly injured or even locksmith.
killed. They could operate the Notice: If the keys get locked in
power windows or other controls The key can be used for the ignition, the vehicle, it may have to be
or even make the vehicle move. doors, and all other locks. damaged to get them out. Always
The windows will function with the carry a spare key.
The key has a key code tag that the
keys in the ignition and children
dealer or qualified locksmith can In an emergency, contact Roadside
could be seriously injured or killed
use to make new keys. Store this Assistance. See Roadside
if caught in the path of a closing information in a safe place, not in Assistance Program on page 136
window. Do not leave the keys in your vehicle. for more information.
a vehicle with children.
Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System (RKE) System Operation
See Radio Frequency Statement on The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
page 1316 for information transmitter functions work up to
regarding Part 15 of the Federal 20 m (65 ft) away from the vehicle.
Communications Commission (FCC) There are other conditions which
rules and Industry Canada can affect the performance of the
Standards RSS-210/220/310. transmitter. See Remote Keyless
If there is a decrease in the RKE Entry (RKE) System on page 23.
operating range:
. Check the distance. The Sedan
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle. The following functions may be
available if the vehicle has RKE:
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be Q (Lock): Press to lock all of the
blocking the signal. doors. If all of the doors and the
trunk or liftgate are closed, the
. Check the transmitter's battery.
hazard lamps flash once and the
See Battery Replacement later
horn will sound to indicate that
in this section.
locking has occurred and the
. If the transmitter is still not theft-deterrent system is active.
working correctly, see your Hatchback
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
K (Unlock): Press to unlock Programming Transmitters to To replace the battery:

all of the doors. The hazard the Vehicle 1. Remove the screw from the back
lamps flash twice to indicate that Only RKE transmitters programmed of the cover and open the cover
unlocking has occurred and that to the vehicle will work. If a of the transmitter.
the theft-deterrent system is transmitter is lost or stolen, a
deactivated. If the doors are not 2. Pull the transmitter out of the
replacement can be purchased and cover and carefully turn the
opened within 30 seconds, the programmed through your dealer.
doors will lock again. circle cover of the transmitter
When the replacement transmitter is unit toward open.
3 (Panic) (Hatchback): Press to programmed to the vehicle, all
sound the panic alarm. The hazard remaining transmitters must also be 3. Remove the battery.
lamps will flash and the panic alarm programmed. Any lost or stolen 4. Insert the new battery,
will stay on for about 30 seconds. transmitters no longer work once the positive side facing up.
Press any of the buttons on the new transmitter is programmed. Use one three-volt, CR1620,
transmitter to turn off the alarm. Each vehicle can have up to or equivalent, type battery.
V (Remote Trunk Release) five transmitters programmed to it.
5. Turn the circle cover of the
(Sedan): Press and hold for Battery Replacement transmitter unit toward close and
approximately one second to open put the transmitter unit in the
the trunk. Replace the battery if the LED on cover.
the transmitter does not flash when
The LED light (A) on the transmitter you press the buttons. 6. Put the two halves back together
flashes when the buttons on the and replace the screw. Make
transmitter are pressed. If the light Notice: When replacing the sure the cover is on tightly, so
does not flash, see Battery battery, do not touch any of the water will not get in.
Replacement in this section. circuitry on the transmitter. Static
from your body could damage the 7. Test the transmitter operation.
The buttons do not operate and the transmitter.
theft-deterrent system does not
activate if the key is in the ignition.
Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

There are several ways to lock and
unlock the vehicle.
{ WARNING . Young children who get into
From the outside, use your key or
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Unlocked doors can be unlocked vehicles may be
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
dangerous. unable to get out. A child can Entry (RKE) System Operation on
be overcome by extreme heat page 23.
. Passengers, especially and can suffer permanent
children, can easily open the injuries or even death from To manually unlock the front doors
doors and fall out of a moving heat stroke. Always lock the from the outside, insert the key and
vehicle. When a door is vehicle whenever leaving it. turn it counterclockwise. To
locked, the handle will not manually lock the doors, insert the
open it. The chance of being . Outsiders can easily enter key and turn it clockwise.
thrown out of the vehicle in a through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop All doors, except for the driver door,
crash is increased if the can be locked by pushing down the
doors are not locked. So, all your vehicle. Locking your
doors can help prevent this manual door lock and then closing
passengers should wear the door. On vehicles with power
safety belts properly and the from happening.
locks, the driver door can only by
doors should be locked locked from the outside by using the
whenever the vehicle is key or the optional RKE transmitter.
driven.
From the inside, all of the doors can
(Continued)
be locked and unlocked by pushing
or pulling the manual door lock
located on each door.
Central Door Unlocking Safety Locks Using the Safety Locks

System 1. Move the lever up to lock.
The vehicle may be equipped with 2. Close the door.
the central door unlocking system. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to the
This system is activated from the other rear door lock.
driver door.
Notice: Pulling the inside door
From the outside, lock or unlock all handle while the rear door
the doors by using either the key or security locks are engaged could
the RKE transmitter, if equipped. damage your vehicle. Do not pull
From the inside, lock or unlock all the inside door handle while the
the doors by using the driver door rear door security locks are
lock switch. engaged.
The rear doors on the vehicle
Door Ajar Reminder The vehicle has safety locks on
cannot be opened from the inside
each rear door that prevent
while this feature is in use.
passengers from opening the rear
doors from the inside.
If one of the doors, trunk, or liftgate

is not closed properly while the
ignition is on, the door ajar light on
the instrument panel comes on and
stays on until the doors are closed.
Opening a Rear Door When the Doors

Safety Lock is On WARNING (Continued)
1. Unlock the door from the inside. Trunk . Adjust the Climate Control
2. Open the door from the outside. system to a setting that
If you do not cancel the safety lock, { WARNING brings in only outside air and
set the fan speed to the
adults or older children who ride in highest setting. See Climate
the rear will not be able to open the Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the Control System in the Index.
rear door from the inside.
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with . If the vehicle is equipped with
Canceling the Safety Locks any objects that pass through the a power liftgate, disable the
1. Unlock the door from the inside seal between the body and the power liftgate function.
and open the door from the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine For more information about
outside. exhaust contains Carbon carbon monoxide, see Engine
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be Exhaust on page 924.
2. Move the lever down to unlock.
seen or smelled. It can cause
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to the unconsciousness and even death.
other rear door lock. To open the trunk on a sedan from
If the vehicle must be driven with outside of the vehicle, insert the key
The rear door locks can now be the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: into the lock cylinder and turn the
locked and unlocked normally.
. Close all of the windows. key clockwise or use the RKE
transmitter, if equipped. See Remote
. Fully open the air outlets on Keyless Entry (RKE) System
or under the instrument Operation on page 23.
panel.
(Continued)
Remote Trunk Release handle is only intended to aid a

person trapped in a latched trunk,
This feature allows the trunk to be
enabling them to open the trunk
opened from inside the vehicle. The
from the inside.
vehicle may have either a release
button or a release lever.
The vehicle may have a release The vehicle may have a trunk
button on the driver door. Press it to release lever on the outboard side
open the trunk. of the driver seat. Pull the lever to
open the trunk.
When closing the trunk, close from
the center to ensure that it fully There is a glow-in-the-dark
latches. emergency trunk release handle on
the underside of the trunk lid. This
Emergency Trunk Release handle will glow following exposure
Handle to light. Pull the release handle
down to open the trunk from the
Notice: Do not use the inside.
emergency trunk release handle
as a tie-down or anchor point
when securing items in the trunk
as it could damage the handle.
The emergency trunk release
Liftgate (Hatchback) WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING . Adjust the Climate Control
Exhaust gases can enter the system to a setting that
vehicle if it is driven with the brings in only outside air and
liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with set the fan speed to the
any objects that pass through the highest setting. See Climate
seal between the body and the Control System in the Index.
trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine . If the vehicle is equipped with
exhaust contains Carbon a power liftgate, disable the
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be power liftgate function.
The handle is above the right side of
seen or smelled. It can cause For more information about the license plate. Pull the handle
unconsciousness and even death. carbon monoxide, see Engine toward you and raise the liftgate.
If the vehicle must be driven with Exhaust on page 924.
the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows. To unlock the liftgate on a
hatchback from outside of the
. Fully open the air outlets on vehicle, insert the key in the lock
or under the instrument cylinder and turn it counterclockwise
panel. or use the RKE transmitter,
(Continued) if equipped.
When closing the liftgate, close from Vehicle Security 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF and
the center to ensure that it fully remove the key from the ignition.
latches. This vehicle has theft-deterrent
If the key is inserted in the
features; however, they do not make
To lock the liftgate, insert the key ignition, the transmitter will not
it impossible to steal.
into the lock cylinder and turn it arm the theft-deterrent system.
clockwise or use the RKE
transmitter, if equipped. Anti-Theft Alarm System 3. Lock the doors by pressing the
lock button on the RKE
The liftgate can also be locked or Your vehicle may have a content transmitter.
unlocked by the central door theft-deterrent system.
. The LED light on the
unlocking system or RKE The theft-deterrent system will not transmitter will flash once.
transmitter, if equipped. See Central arm when you lock the doors using
Door Unlocking System on page 26 the key or the manual door lock.
. All of the doors will lock.
and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) It arms only when you use the . The hazard warning lamps
System Operation on page 23. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) will flash once and the horn
transmitter. will sound.
Arming the System . The security light will flash
continuously to indicate that
To arm the system, do the following:
the theft-deterrent system is
1. Close the doors, the windows, armed . The security light is
the hood, and the trunk or located on the center of the
liftgate. instrument panel near
Make sure that the windows are the clock.
closed, as the system can be
armed even if the windows
are open.
To avoid activating the alarm by Disarming the System How the System Alarm is
accident, do one of the following: Activated
To disarm the system, do one of the
. Unlock the driver or passenger following: If a door or the trunk or liftgate is
front door using the key. opened without using the key or the
. Unlock the driver or passenger
. Press the unlock button on the front door using the key. RKE transmitter, the horn will sound
RKE transmitter. and the lamps will flash for up to
. Press the unlock button on the 30 seconds.
Unlocking a door any other way will RKE transmitter.
activate the alarm when a door or How to Turn Off the System
The LED light on the
the trunk or liftgate is opened. Alarm
transmitter will flash once.
If you do not want to arm the If the system alarm is active, it can
All of the doors will unlock.
theft-deterrent system, lock the be deactivated using one of the
vehicle using the key or the manual The hazard warning lamps will following methods:
door locks. flash twice. . Press one of the buttons on the
If the door is not opened or if the RKE transmitter.
engine is not started within
30 seconds after disarming the
. Unlock the driver or passenger
system using the transmitter, all of front door using the key.
the doors will automatically lock and Otherwise, the alarm will
the theft-deterrent mode will re-arm. automatically stop after 30 seconds.
The system will then lock the doors
and re-arm the theft-deterrent
system.
How to Detect a Tamper The system is automatically armed See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on
Condition when the key is removed from the page 1036. If the engine still does
ignition. You do not have to not start with the other key, your
If the hazard warning lamps manually arm or disarm the system. vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
flash once when you press the lock does start, the first key may be
button on the RKE transmitter, the The vehicle has a special key that
works with the theft-deterrent faulty. See your dealer who can
theft-deterrent system alarm was have a new key made.
activated while you were away. system. There is a transponder in
the key head that is electronically Up to 10 keys may be programmed
Immobilizer coded. The correct key will start the for the vehicle. If you lose or
vehicle. An invalid key immobilizes damage your keys, only a dealer
See Radio Frequency Statement on the engine. If the key is ever can have new keys made.
page 1316 for information damaged, you may not be able to
regarding Part 15 of the Federal If you are ever driving and the
start the vehicle. security light comes on and stays
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada When trying to start the vehicle, on, you will be able to restart the
Standards RSS-210/220/310. if the engine does not start and the engine if you turn it off. The
security light flashes or comes on, theft-deterrent system, however, is
there may be a problem with the not working properly and must be
Immobilizer Operation theft-deterrent system. Turn the serviced by your dealer. Your
The vehicle may have a passive ignition off and try again. vehicle is not protected by the
theft-deterrent system. If the engine still does not start, and theft-deterrent system at this time.
The immobilizer system prevents the key appears to be undamaged, In an emergency, contact Roadside
the vehicle from being started by an try another key. At this time, you Assistance. See Roadside
unauthorized person by isolating the may also want to check the fuse. Assistance Program on page 136.
power supply to the ignition system,
the fuel pump, and the fuel injectors.
Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{ WARNING
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The controls for the outside manual The control is on the instrument
mirrors are next to each mirror. panel, left of the steering wheel.
The passenger side mirror is convex Manually fold the mirrors inward to The ignition must be turned to ON/
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is prevent damage when going RUN to adjust the mirrors.
curved so more can be seen from through an automatic car wash. To
the driver seat. fold, pull the mirror toward the
vehicle. Push the mirror outward to
return it to the original position.
To adjust the mirrors: Interior Mirrors Windows

1. Select the mirror you want to
adjust by moving the selector
switch to L for the driver side
Manual Rearview Mirror { WARNING
mirror or R for the passenger Hold the inside rearview mirror in
Leaving children, helpless adults,
side mirror. the center to move it for a clearer
or pets in a vehicle with the
view behind your vehicle. Adjust the
2. Press one of the four arrows on windows closed is dangerous.
mirror to avoid glare from the
the control pad to move the headlamps behind you. Push the They can be overcome by the
mirror in the desired direction. tab forward for daytime use and pull extreme heat and suffer
Manually fold the mirrors inward to it for nighttime use. permanent injuries or even death
prevent damage when going from heat stroke. Never leave a
through an automatic car wash. To child, a helpless adult, or a pet
fold, pull the mirror toward the alone in a vehicle, especially with
vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to the windows closed in warm or
return it to its original position. hot weather.
Heated Mirrors
For vehicles with this feature:
< (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the mirrors. See Rear
Window and Outside Mirror
Defogger under Climate Control
Systems on page 81 for more
information.
Power Windows
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the keys is dangerous for many
reasons. Children or others could
be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate the power
windows or other controls or even
make the vehicle move. The
windows will function and they
The vehicle aerodynamics are On vehicles with power windows,
could be seriously injured or killed
designed to improve fuel economy the switches are on the driver door.
if caught in the path of a closing
performance. This may result in a In addition, each passenger door
pulsing sound when either rear window. Do not leave keys in a has a switch for its own window.
window is down and the front vehicle with children.
The ignition must be turned to ON/
windows are up. To reduce the When there are children in the RUN to use the power windows.
sound, open either a front window rear seat use the window lockout To lower the window, press and hold
or the sunroof (if equipped). button to prevent unintentional the switch. To raise the window, lift
operation of the windows. up on the switch. Release the
Manual Windows switch when the window reaches
Use the window crank to open and the desired level.
close each window.
The rear windows do not open fully.
Window Lockout Sun Visors Roof

To block out glare, swing down the
sun visors. You can also remove Sunroof
them from the center mount and
swing them to the side.
Visor Vanity Mirror
Vanity mirrors are on the back of the
sun visors. Swing down the sun
visor to expose the vanity mirror.
The window lockout is with the

driver power window switches.
Press the lockout button to disable On vehicles with this feature, the
the rear window switches. The switch is on the headliner between
driver can still operate all of the the sun visors.
windows with the lockout on. Press
the lockout button again to return to The sunroof only operates when the
normal window operation. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. The
sunroof can be opened to a vent
position or it can be opened all of
the way.
To open the sunroof to the vent

position, open the sunshade. Then
press and hold the driver side of the
switch. To close the sunroof, press
and hold the passenger side of the
switch until the sunroof reaches the
desired position.
To fully open the sunroof, press and
hold the passenger side of the
switch. The sunshade opens with
the sunroof. To close the sunroof,
press and hold the driver side of the
switch. The sunroof will stop if the Dirt and debris may collect on the
switch is released during operation. sunroof seal or in the tracks. This
Close the sunshade manually. could cause an issue with sunroof
operation, noise, or plugging of the
In both the vent and fully open
water drainage system. Periodically
positions, the air flow can be
open the sunroof and remove any
adjusted by pushing and holding the
obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the
switch until the sunroof moves to
sunroof seal and roof sealing area
the desired position.
using a clean cloth, mild soap, and
The sunroof cannot be opened or water. Do not remove grease from
closed if the vehicle has an sunroof.
electrical failure.
2 NOTES
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and Airbag System

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-26
When Should an Airbag
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing LATCH System
3-48
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-55

Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Securing Child Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 (Right Front Seat
How Does an Airbag Position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Front Seats Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 Securing Child Restraints
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 What Will You See After an (Rear Seat Position) . . . . . . . . 3-59
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Rear Seats Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Rear Seats (Hatchback) . . . . . . 3-8 Adding Equipment to the
Safety Belts Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-36
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-37
How to Wear Safety Belts Replacing Airbag System
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Child Restraints
Safety Belt Use During Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Infants and Young
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-23 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-43
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-46
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the Pull the head restraint up to raise it.
drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same To lower the head restraint, press
all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's the button, located on the top of the
adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the seatback, and push the
chances of a neck injury in a crash. restraint down.
Push down on the head restraint
after the button is released to make
sure that it is locked in place.
The rear seats have headrests that
are adjustable up and down.
The head restraints and headrests
are not designed to be removed.
Front Seats Seat Height Adjuster
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and To adjust a manual seat:
confuse you, or make you push a 1. Lift the bar under the front of the
pedal when you do not want to. seat to unlock it. Turn the knob on the outboard side
Adjust the driver seat only when of the seat to adjust the height of
2. Slide the seat to the desired the driver seat cushion.
the vehicle is not moving. position and release the bar.
Turn the knob forward to raise and
3. Try to move the seat back and rearward to lower.
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Lumbar
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a
pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when
To recline a manual seatback:
the vehicle is not moving.
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
Move the adjustment lever on the
outboard side of the seatback up or
{ WARNING desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
down to one of three positions to If either seatback is not locked, it seatback in place.
increase or decrease the lumbar could move forward in a sudden 3. Push and pull on the seatback to
support. stop or crash. That could cause make sure it is locked in place.
The highest position provides the injury to the person sitting there.
most support and the lowest Always push and pull on the
position provides the least support. seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To return the seatback to the upright

position: WARNING (Continued)
1. Lift the lever fully without The lap belt cannot do its job
applying pressure to the either. In a crash, the belt could
seatback, and the seatback will go up over your abdomen. The
return to the upright position. belt forces would be there, not at
2. Push and pull on the seatback to your pelvic bones. This could
make sure it is locked. cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
{ WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
Sitting in a reclined position when Do not have a seatback reclined if
back in the seat and wear the
the vehicle is in motion can be the vehicle is moving.
safety belt properly.
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job when reclined like this.
The shoulder belt cannot do its
job because it will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash, you could
go into it, receiving neck or other
injuries.
(Continued)
Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Sedan)
Folding the Seatbacks
The rear seatbacks can be folded
down to increase cargo space.
Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the safety belts still fastened may
cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to To fold down the seatbacks: 4. Detach the center safety belt
their normal stowed position from the mini buckle by inserting
1. Remove the safety belt strap
before folding a rear seat. the ignition key into the slot in
from the safety belt guide by
pulling it through the slot. the mini buckle, pressing the
release button, and allowing the
2. Push the head restraints all the belt to retract.
way down.
3. Unlatch the center safety belt by
pressing the red button on the
buckle.
Unfolding the Seatbacks 5. Push the latch plate at the end

of the safety belt strap into the
To return the seatback to the upright
mini-buckle until the mechanism
position:
clicks. Make sure the strap is not
1. Hook the safety belts into the twisted. The sliding latch plate
safety belt guides. will face the front of the vehicle.
2. Lift the seatback up and push it
to its original position. { WARNING
A safety belt that is improperly
{ WARNING routed, not properly attached,
If either seatback is not locked, it or twisted will not provide the
5. Pull up the release knob located could move forward in a sudden protection needed in a crash. The
on top of either of the rear stop or crash. That could cause person wearing the belt could be
seatbacks. injury to the person sitting there. seriously injured. After raising the
6. Fold the rear seatback forward Always push and pull on the rear seatback, always check to be
and down. seatbacks to be sure they are sure that the safety belts are
locked. properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
3. Push down and rearward firmly
on the top of the seatbacks until 6. Insert the safety belt strap back
it latches securely in the fully into the safety belt guide.
upright position.
4. To reattach the center seat
safety belt to the mini buckle,
pull it from the retractor.
Rear Seats (Hatchback)

Folding the Rear Seats
The rear seats can be folded to
increase cargo space.
To fold the rear seats:
1. Lower the head restraints
completely.
2. Unlatch the center safety belt by
pressing the red button on the
buckle.
3. Detach the center safety belt 4. Pull up the release knob, located
from the mini buckle by inserting on the top of the seatbacks, and
the ignition key into the slot in fold the seatbacks forward
the mini buckle, pressing the and down.
release button, and allowing it to
retract.
Notice: Folding a rear seat with

the safety belts still fastened may
cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to
their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
5. Move the safety belt buckles and
safety belt in the center seating
position out of the space
between the seatbacks and the
seat cushion so they are not in
the way as the seat is being 6. Firmly pull the release handles 8. Clip the hook to the front seat
folded. on the rear side of the seat head restraint to keep the rear
cushion to unlock the seat seat secure.
cushion.
Unfolding the Seats
7. Lift the seat cushion up and flip
it forward. To return the rear seats to the
normal seating position:
1. Unclip the hook from the front
seat head restraint.
2. Position the buckles in back of
the seat latches when moving
the rear seats to the sitting
position.
Notice: Damage to the safety belt

buckle or rear seat locking WARNING (Continued)
mechanism can occur if the
safety belt and buckles are sure that the safety belts are
pinched under the rear seat properly routed and attached, and
cushion. Do not place the safety are not twisted.
belt and buckles on the floor
under the rear seat cushion when 5. Lift the seatbacks up and push
the rear seat is put back to the them back to their original
sitting position. latched positions.
3. Push the seat cushion down to 6. Unhook the safety belts in the
its original position until it outboard seating positions from
latches securely. Try to pull up 4. Hook the safety belts in the the retaining clips.
on the seat to make sure it is outboard seating positions into
locked in place. the retaining clips. 7. Return the safety belt buckles
and the center seat safety belt to
their original position between
{ WARNING the rear seatback and the seat
A safety belt that is improperly cushion. Make sure the straps of
routed, not properly attached, the safety belt and buckles are
not twisted.
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
(Continued)
8. To reattach the center seat Safety Belts

safety belt to the mini buckle, { WARNING
pull it from the retractor. This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
{ WARNING properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, people
If either seatback is not locked, it riding in these areas are more
could move forward in a sudden { WARNING likely to be seriously injured or
killed. Do not allow people to ride
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there. Do not let anyone ride where a in any area of your vehicle that is
Always push and pull on the safety belt cannot be worn not equipped with seats and
seatbacks to be sure they are properly. In a crash, if you or your safety belts. Be sure everyone in
locked. passenger(s) are not wearing your vehicle is in a seat and using
safety belts, the injuries can be a safety belt properly.
much worse. You can hit things
9. Push down and rearward firmly inside the vehicle harder or be
on the top of the seatbacks until This vehicle has indicators as a
ejected from the vehicle. You and reminder to buckle the safety belts.
they latch securely in the fully
your passenger(s) can be See Safety Belt Reminders on
upright position.
seriously injured or killed. In the page 511 for additional information.
same crash, you might not be,
In most states and in all Canadian
if you are buckled up. Always provinces, the law requires wearing
fasten your safety belt, and check safety belts. Here is why:
that your passenger(s) are
restrained properly too. You never know if you will be in a
crash. If you do have a crash, you
do not know if it will be a
serious one.
A few crashes are mild, and some Why Safety Belts Work
crashes can be so serious that even
When you ride in or on anything,
buckled up, a person would not
you go as fast as it goes.
survive. But most crashes are in
between. In many of them, people
who buckle up can survive and
sometimes walk away. Without
safety belts they could have been
badly hurt or killed.
After more than 40 years of safety
belts in vehicles, the facts are clear.
In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot! Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose

it is just a seat on wheels.
Get it up to speed. Then stop the

vehicle. The rider does not stop.
With safety belts, you slow down as

the vehicle does. You get more time
to stop. You stop over more
distance, and your strongest bones
take the forces. That is why safety
belts make such good sense.
Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
The person keeps going until or the instrument panel... A: You could be whether you are
stopped by something. In a real wearing a safety belt or not. But
vehicle, it could be the windshield... your chance of being conscious
during and after an accident, so
you can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
And you can unbuckle a safety
belt, even if you are
upside down.
or the safety belts!

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Q: If I am a good driver, and I How to Wear Safety Belts
should I have to wear safety never drive far from home,
belts? why should I wear safety
Properly
A: Airbags are supplemental belts? This section is only for people of
systems only; so they work with A: You may be an excellent driver, adult size.
safety belts not instead of but if you are in a crash even Be aware that there are special
them. Whether or not an airbag one that is not your fault you things to know about safety belts
is provided, all occupants still and your passenger(s) can be and children. And there are different
have to buckle up to get the hurt. Being a good driver does rules for smaller children and
most protection. That is true not not protect you from things infants. If a child will be riding in the
only in frontal collisions, but beyond your control, such as vehicle, see Older Children on
especially in side and other bad drivers. page 338 or Infants and Young
collisions. Most accidents occur within Children on page 341. Follow those
40 km (25 miles) of home. And rules for everyone's protection.
the greatest number of serious It is very important for all occupants
injuries and deaths occur at to buckle up. Statistics show that
speeds of less than unbelted people are hurt more often
65 km/h (40 mph). in crashes than those who are
Safety belts are for everyone. wearing safety belts.
Occupants who are not buckled up
can be thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash. And they can strike others in
the vehicle who are wearing safety
belts.
First, before you or your shoulder belt should go over the

passenger(s) wear a safety belt, shoulder and across the chest. { WARNING
there is important information you These parts of the body are best
should know. able to take belt restraining forces. You can be seriously hurt if your
shoulder belt is too loose. In a
The shoulder belt locks if there is a crash, you would move forward
sudden stop or crash. too much, which could increase
Q: What is wrong with this? injury. The shoulder belt should fit
snugly against your body.
Sit up straight and always keep your

feet on the floor in front of you. The
lap part of the belt should be worn
low and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash, this A: The shoulder belt is too loose.
applies force to the strong pelvic It will not give as much
bones and you would be less likely protection this way.
to slide under the lap belt. If you slid
under it, the belt would apply force
on your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if your
lap belt is too loose. In a crash,
you could slide under the lap belt
and apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The
lap belt should be worn low and
snug on the hips, just touching
the thighs.
A: The lap belt is too loose. It will A: The belt is buckled in the wrong
not give nearly as much buckle.
protection this way.
Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously injured if You can be seriously injured if
your belt is buckled in the wrong your belt goes over an armrest
place like this. In a crash, the belt like this. The belt would be much
would go up over your abdomen. too high. In a crash, you can slide
The belt forces would be there, under the belt. The belt force
not on the pelvic bones. This would then be applied on the
could cause serious internal abdomen, not on the pelvic
injuries. Always buckle your belt bones, and that could cause
into the buckle nearest you. serious or fatal injuries. Be sure
the belt goes under the armrests.
A: The belt is over an armrest.

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured if
you wear the shoulder belt under
your arm. In a crash, your body
would move too far forward,
which would increase the chance
of head and neck injury. Also, the
belt would apply too much force
to the ribs, which are not as
strong as shoulder bones. You
could also severely injure internal
organs like your liver or spleen.
A: The shoulder belt is worn under The shoulder belt should go over A: The belt is behind the body.
the arm. It should be worn over the shoulder and across the
the shoulder at all times. chest.
Q: What is wrong with this?

{ WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously injured by You can be seriously injured by a
not wearing the lap-shoulder belt twisted belt. In a crash, you would
properly. In a crash, you would not have the full width of the belt
not be restrained by the shoulder to spread impact forces. If a belt
belt. Your body could move too is twisted, make it straight so it
far forward increasing the chance can work properly, or ask your
of head and neck injury. You dealer to fix it.
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should A: The belt is twisted across
go over the shoulder and across the body.
the chest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt belt go back slightly to unlock it.

Then pull the belt across you
All seating positions in the vehicle more slowly.
have a lap-shoulder belt.
If the shoulder portion of a
If you are using a rear seating passenger belt is pulled out all
position with a detachable safety the way, the child restraint
belt and the safety belt is not locking feature may be engaged.
attached, see Rear Seats (Sedan) If this happens, let the belt go
on page 36 or Rear Seats back all the way and start again.
(Hatchback) on page 38 for
instruction on reconnecting the
safety belt to the mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain 4. Push the latch plate into the
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt buckle until it clicks.
properly. If the latch plate will not go fully
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is into the buckle, check if the
adjustable, so you can sit up correct buckle is being used.
straight. To see how, see Seats Pull up on the latch plate to
in the Index. make sure it is secure. If the belt
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull is not long enough, see Safety
the belt across you. Do not let it Belt Extender on page 322.
get twisted. 3. If the belt stops before it reaches Position the release button on
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if the buckle, tilt the latch plate and the buckle so that the safety belt
you pull the belt across you very keep pulling until it can be could be quickly unbuckled if
quickly. If this happens, let the buckled. necessary.
5. If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder

height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder
height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster should be close to, but not
in this section for instructions on contacting, the neck. Improper
use and important safety shoulder belt height adjustment
information. could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 314.
To unlatch the belt, push the button

on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
belt is out of the way. If a door is
slammed against a safety belt,
damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
6. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
It may be necessary to pull The vehicle has a shoulder belt
stitching on the safety belt To move it down, press the release
height adjuster for the driver and
through the latch plate to fully button (A) and move the height
right front passenger seating
tighten the lap belt on smaller adjuster to the desired position.
positions.
occupants.
After the adjuster is set to the Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is
desired position, try to move it down to protect the mother. When a safety
without pressing the release button
Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely
to make sure it has locked into Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a
position. including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for
occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety
Safety Belt Pretensioners be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them
This vehicle has safety belt wear safety belts. properly.
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt Safety Belt Extender
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly. If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
They can help tighten the safety around you, you should use it.
belts during the early stages of a But if a safety belt is not long
moderate to severe frontal or near enough, your dealer will order you
frontal crash if the threshold an extender. When you go in to
conditions for pretensioner order it, take the heaviest coat you
activation are met. will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash, personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
they will need to be replaced, and
A pregnant woman should wear a seat it is made to fit. The extender
probably other new parts for the
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap has been designed for adults. Never
vehicle's safety belt system. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts portion should be worn as low as use it for securing child seats. To
possible, below the rounding, wear it, attach it to the regular safety
After a Crash on page 323.
throughout the pregnancy. belt. For more information, see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
Safety System Check Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt

Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts After a
belt reminder light, safety belts, Crash
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are working properly.
{ WARNING
Look for any other loose or Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
{ WARNING
damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety
that might keep a safety belt system a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle.
from doing its job. See your dealer provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the
safety belts may not protect you in a soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or serious injury or even death in a
frayed, get a new one right away. crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
Make sure the safety belt reminder properly after a crash, have them
light is working. See Safety Belt inspected and any necessary
Reminders on page 511 for more replacements made as soon as
information. possible.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 323.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word
belt assemblies inspected or AIRBAG will appear on the middle
replaced. The vehicle has the following part of the steering wheel for the
airbags: driver and on the instrument panel
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt . A frontal airbag for the driver. for the right front passenger.
system was not being used at the . A frontal airbag for the right front With seat-mounted side impact
time of the crash. passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG will
Have the safety belt pretensioners appear on the side of the seatback
The vehicle may have the following closest to the door.
checked if the vehicle has been in a airbags:
crash, or if the airbag readiness light Airbags are designed to supplement
stays on after you start the vehicle . A seat-mounted side impact the protection provided by safety
or while you are driving. See Airbag airbag for the driver. belts. Even though today's airbags
Readiness Light on page 512. . A seat-mounted side impact are also designed to help reduce
airbag for the right front the risk of injury from the force of an
passenger. inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
All of the airbags in your vehicle will
have the word AIRBAG embossed
in the trim or on an attached label
near the deployment opening.
Here are the most important things

to know about the airbag system: WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
{ WARNING Wearing your safety belt during a

crash helps reduce your chance
close to the airbag, as you would
be if you were sitting on the edge
You can be severely injured or of hitting things inside the vehicle of your seat or leaning forward.
killed in a crash if you are not or being ejected from it. Airbags Safety belts help keep you in
wearing your safety belt even if are supplemental restraints to position before and during a
you have airbags. Airbags are the safety belts. Everyone in your crash. Always wear your safety
designed to work with safety vehicle should wear a safety belt belt, even with airbags. The driver
belts, but do not replace them. properly whether or not there is should sit as far back as possible
Also, airbags are not designed to an airbag for that person. while still maintaining control of
deploy in every crash. In some the vehicle.
crashes safety belts are your only Occupants should not lean on or
restraint. See When Should an
Airbag Inflate? on page 328. { WARNING sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
(Continued) Airbags inflate with great force, seat-mounted airbags.
faster than the blink of an eye.
Anyone who is up against, or very
close to, any airbag when it
inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily
(Continued)
Where Are the Airbags?

{ WARNING
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag
when it inflates can be seriously
injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light
lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel, which
for adults and older children, but shows the airbag symbol.
not for young children and infants.
The system checks the airbag
Neither the vehicle's safety belt
electrical system for malfunctions.
system nor its airbag system is
The light tells you if there is an
designed for them. Young electrical problem. See Airbag
children and infants need the Readiness Light on page 512 for
protection that a child restraint more information. The driver's frontal airbag is in the
system can provide. Always middle of the steering wheel.
secure children properly in your
vehicle. To read how, see Older
Children on page 338 or Infants
and Young Children on
page 341.
{ WARNING
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
The right front passenger's frontal Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag, and do not attach or put
airbag is in the instrument panel on Side Similar anything on the steering wheel
the passenger's side. hub or on or near any other
If your vehicle has seat-mounted airbag covering.
side impact airbags for the driver
and right front passenger, they are Do not use seat accessories that
in the side of the seatbacks closest block the inflation path of a
to the door. seat-mounted side impact airbag.
When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at Thresholds can also vary with
different crash speeds. For specific vehicle design.
Inflate? example: In addition, your vehicle has
Frontal airbags are designed to . If the vehicle hits a stationary dual-stage frontal airbags.
inflate in moderate to severe frontal object, the airbags could inflate Dual-stage airbags adjust the
or near-frontal crashes to help at a different crash speed than if restraint according to crash severity.
reduce the potential for severe the vehicle hits a moving object. Your vehicle has electronic frontal
injuries mainly to the driver's or right sensors, which help the sensing
front passenger's head and chest. . If the vehicle hits an object that
deforms, the airbags could system distinguish between a
However, they are only designed to moderate frontal impact and a more
inflate if the impact exceeds a inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle hits an object severe frontal impact. For moderate
predetermined deployment frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags
threshold. Deployment thresholds that does not deform.
inflate at a level less than full
are used to predict how severe a . If the vehicle hits a narrow object deployment. For more severe frontal
crash is likely to be in time for the (like a pole), the airbags could impacts, full deployment occurs.
airbags to inflate and help restrain inflate at a different crash speed
the occupants. than if the vehicle hits a wide Frontal airbags are not intended to
object (like a wall). inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
Whether your frontal airbags will or impacts, or in many side impacts.
should deploy is not based on how . If the vehicle goes into an object
fast your vehicle is traveling. at an angle, the airbags could The vehicle may or may not have
It depends largely on what you hit, inflate at a different crash speed seat-mounted side impact airbags.
the direction of the impact, and how than if the vehicle goes straight See Airbag System on page 324.
quickly your vehicle slows down. into the object. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are intended to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag
will inflate if the crash severity is
above the system's designed
Inflate? Restrain?
threshold level. The threshold level In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or
can vary with specific vehicle system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted
design. triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering
Seat-mounted side impact airbags inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the wheel or the instrument panel. In
are not intended to inflate in frontal airbag causing the bag to break out moderate to severe side collisions,
impacts, near-frontal impacts, of the cover and deploy. The inflator, even belted occupants can contact
rollovers, or rear impacts. the airbag, and related hardware are the inside of the vehicle.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag all part of the airbag module. Airbags supplement the protection
is intended to deploy on the side of Frontal airbag modules are located provided by safety belts. Frontal
the vehicle that is struck. inside the steering wheel and airbags distribute the force of the
In any particular crash, no one can instrument panel. For vehicles with impact more evenly over the
say whether an airbag should have seat-mounted side impact airbags, occupant's upper body, stopping
inflated simply because of the there are airbag modules in the side the occupant more gradually.
damage to a vehicle or because of of the front seatbacks closest to Seat-mounted side impact airbags
what the repair costs were. For the door. distribute the force of the impact
frontal airbags, inflation is more evenly over the occupant's
determined by what the vehicle hits, upper body.
the angle of the impact, and how But airbags would not help in many
quickly the vehicle slows down. For types of collisions, primarily
seat-mounted side impact airbags, because the occupant's motion is
deployment is determined by the not toward those airbags. See When
location and severity of the side Should an Airbag Inflate? on
impact. page 328 for more information.
Airbags should never be regarded the interior lamps off, and turn the
as anything more than a supplement { WARNING hazard warning flashers off by using
to safety belts. the controls for those features.
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
What Will You See After could cause breathing problems { WARNING
an Airbag Inflates? for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate
After the frontal and seat-mounted asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also
side impact airbags inflate, they To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in
quickly deflate, so quickly that some vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel
people may not even realize the it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering
airbags inflated. Some components breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
of the airbag module may be hot for get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a
several minutes. For location of the airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be
airbag modules, see What Makes by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could
an Airbag Inflate? on page 329. If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate
The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag the vehicle.
into contact with you may be warm, deployment, you should seek
but not too hot to touch. There may medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt
be some smoke and dust coming to restart the engine after a crash
from the vents in the deflated has occurred.
The vehicle has a feature that may
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
automatically unlock the doors, turn
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the interior lamps on, turn on the
the windshield or being able to steer
hazard warning flashers, and shut
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
off the fuel system after the airbags
people from leaving the vehicle.
inflate. You can lock the doors, turn
In many crashes severe enough to

. Let only qualified technicians
inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag system.
broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that
Additional windshield breakage may the airbag system will not work
also occur from the right front properly. See your dealer for
passenger airbag. service.
. Airbags are designed to inflate United States
only once. After an airbag
Passenger Sensing
inflates, you will need some new System
parts for the airbag system. The vehicle has a passenger
If you do not get them, the sensing system for the right front
airbag system will not be there passenger position. The passenger
to help protect you in another airbag status indicator will be
crash. A new system will include visible, near the clock, located in the
airbag modules and possibly Canada
center of the instrument panel, when
other parts. The service manual the vehicle is started. The words PASSENGER AIRBAG
for your vehicle covers the need ON and PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF
to replace other parts. or the symbols for on and off will be
. The vehicle has a crash sensing visible, during the system check.
and diagnostic module which When the system check is
records information after a complete, either the words
crash. See Vehicle Data PASSENGER AIRBAG ON and
Recording and Privacy on PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or the
page 1315 and Event Data symbol for on and off will be visible.
Recorders on page 1315. See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 512.
The passenger sensing system will an older child riding in a booster

turn off the right front passenger seat; and children, who are large WARNING (Continued)
frontal airbag and seat-mounted enough, using safety belts.
side impact airbag (if equipped) Even if the passenger sensing
A label on the sun visor says, system has turned off the right
under certain conditions. The driver Never put a rear-facing child seat in
airbags are not affected by the front passenger frontal airbag
the front. This is because the risk to and seat-mounted side impact
passenger sensing system. the rear-facing child is so great, airbag (if equipped), no system
The passenger sensing system if the airbag deploys. is fail-safe. No one can guarantee
works with sensors that are part of
that an airbag will not deploy
the right front passenger seat. The
sensors are designed to detect the
{ WARNING under some unusual
presence of a properly-seated circumstance, even though
A child in a rear-facing child
occupant and determine if the right the airbag(s) are off.
restraint can be seriously injured
front passenger frontal airbag and or killed if the right front Secure rear-facing child restraints
seat-mounted side impact airbag passenger airbag inflates. This is in a rear seat, even if the
(if equipped) should be enabled because the back of the airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
(may inflate) or not. rear-facing child restraint would forward-facing child restraint in
According to accident statistics, be very close to the inflating the right front seat, always move
children are safer when properly airbag. A child in a forward-facing the front passenger seat as far
secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint can be seriously back as it will go. It is better to
child restraint for their weight injured or killed if the right front secure the child restraint in a
and size. passenger airbag inflates and the rear seat.
We recommend that children be passenger seat is in a forward
secured in a rear seat, including: an position.
infant or a child riding in a (Continued)
rear-facing child restraint; a child
riding in a forward-facing child seat;
The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing impact airbag (if equipped),
designed to turn off the right front system has turned off the right front depending upon the person's
passenger frontal airbag and passenger frontal airbag and seating posture and body build.
seat-mounted side impact airbag seat-mounted side impact airbag Everyone in your vehicle who
(if equipped) if: (if equipped), the off indicator will has outgrown child restraints
. The right front passenger seat is light and stay lit to remind you that should wear a safety belt
unoccupied. the airbag or airbags are off. See properly whether or not there is
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator an airbag for that person.
. The system determines that an on page 512.
infant is present in a rear-facing
infant seat. The passenger sensing system is { WARNING
designed to enable (may inflate) the
. The system determines that a right front passenger frontal airbag If the airbag readiness light ever
small child is present in a child and seat-mounted side impact comes on and stays on, it means
restraint. airbag (if equipped) anytime the that something may be wrong
system senses that a person of with the airbag system. To help
. The system determines that a
small child is present in a adult size is sitting properly in the avoid injury to yourself or others,
booster seat. right front passenger seat. When the have the vehicle serviced right
passenger sensing system has away. See Airbag Readiness
. A right front passenger takes allowed the airbag or airbags to be Light on page 512 for more
his/her weight off of the seat for enabled, the on symbol will light and information, including important
a period of time. stay lit to remind you that the airbag safety information.
. The right front passenger seat is or airbags are active.
occupied by a smaller person, For some children who have
such as a child who has outgrown child restraints and for
outgrown child restraints. very small adults, the passenger
. Or, if there is a critical problem sensing system may or may not turn
with the airbag system or the off the right front passenger frontal
passenger sensing system. airbag and seat-mounted side
If the On Indicator is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an
Child Restraint restraint and restarting the AdultSize Occupant
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback and
1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle seatback is not
the vehicle.
pushing the child restraint into
3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion.
from the seat such as blankets,
Also make sure the child
cushions, seat covers, seat
restraint is not trapped under the
heaters, or seat massagers.
vehicle head restraint. If this
4. Reinstall the child restraint happens, adjust the head
following the directions provided restraint. See Head Restraints
by the child restraint on page 32. If a person of adult-size is sitting in
manufacturer and refer to the right front passenger seat, but
6. Restart the vehicle.
Securing Child Restraints (Right the off indicator is lit, it could be
Front Seat Position) on If the on indicator is still lit, secure because that person is not sitting
page 355 or Securing Child the child in the child restraint in a properly in the seat. If this happens,
Restraints (Rear Seat Position) rear seat position in the vehicle, and use the following steps to allow the
on page 359. check with your dealer.
system to detect that person and Additional Factors Affecting

enable the right front passenger System Operation { WARNING
frontal airbag and seat-mounted
side impact airbag (if equipped): Safety belts help keep the Stowing of articles under the
passenger in position on the seat passenger seat or between the
1. Turn the vehicle off. during vehicle maneuvers and passenger seat cushion and
2. Remove any additional material braking, which helps the passenger seatback may interfere with the
from the seat, such as blankets, sensing system maintain the proper operation of the passenger
cushions, seat covers, seat passenger airbag status. See sensing system.
heaters, or seat massagers. Safety Belts and Child Restraints
in the Index for additional
3. Place the seatback in the fully information about the importance
upright position. of proper restraint use.
4. Have the person sit upright in A thick layer of additional material,
the seat, centered on the seat such as a blanket or cushion,
cushion, with legs comfortably or aftermarket equipment such as
extended. seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
5. Restart the vehicle and have the massagers can affect how well the
person remain in this position for passenger sensing system
two to three minutes after the on operates. We recommend that you
indicator is lit. not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment other than
any that GM has approved for your
specific vehicle. See Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 336 for more
information about modifications that
can affect how the system operates.
Servicing the Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
{ WARNING Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle For up to 10 seconds after the Q: Is there anything I might add
should be serviced. There are parts ignition is turned off and the to or change about the vehicle
of the airbag system in several battery is disconnected, an airbag that could keep the airbags
places around the vehicle. Your can still inflate during improper from working properly?
dealer and the service manual have service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it A: Yes. If you add things that
information about servicing the change your vehicle's frame,
vehicle and the airbag system. To inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
bumper system, height, front end
purchase a service manual, see They are probably part of the
or side sheet metal, they may
Service Publications Ordering airbag system. Be sure to follow
keep the airbag system from
Information on page 1312. proper service procedures, and working properly. Changing or
make sure the person performing moving any parts of the front
work for you is qualified to do so. seats, safety belts, the airbag
sensing and diagnostic module,
steering wheel, instrument
panel, front sensors, or airbag
wiring can affect the operation of
the airbag system.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for
the right front passenger
position, which includes sensors
that are part of the passenger
seat. The passenger sensing
system may not operate properly
if the original seat trim is
replaced with non-GM covers, Step Two of the Customer Airbag System Check
upholstery or trim, or with Satisfaction Procedure in this
GM covers, upholstery or trim manual. See Customer The airbag system does not need
designed for a different vehicle. Satisfaction Procedure on regularly scheduled maintenance or
Any object, such as an page 131. replacement. Make sure the airbag
aftermarket seat heater or a readiness light is working. See
Q: Because I have a disability, Airbag Readiness Light on
comfort enhancing pad or I have to get my vehicle
device, installed under or on top page 512 for more information.
modified. How can I find out
of the seat fabric, could also whether this will affect my Notice: If an airbag covering is
interfere with the operation of airbag system? damaged, opened, or broken, the
the passenger sensing system. airbag may not work properly. Do
This could either prevent proper A: If you have questions, call not open or break the airbag
deployment of the passenger Customer Assistance. The coverings. If there are any
airbag(s) or prevent the phone numbers and addresses opened or broken airbag covers,
passenger sensing system from for Customer Assistance are in have the airbag covering and/or
properly turning off the Step Two of the Customer airbag module replaced. For the
passenger airbag(s). See Satisfaction Procedure in this location of the airbag modules,
Passenger Sensing System on manual. See Customer see What Makes an Airbag
page 331. Satisfaction Procedure on Inflate? on page 329. See your
If you have any questions about page 131. dealer for service.
this, you should contact In addition, your dealer and the
Customer Assistance before you service manual have information
modify your vehicle. The phone about the location of the airbag
numbers and addresses for sensors, sensing and diagnostic
Customer Assistance are in module and airbag wiring.
Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints
replace airbag system parts. See
Parts After a Crash your dealer for service.
Older Children
If the airbag readiness light stays on
{ WARNING after the vehicle is started or comes
A crash can damage the airbag on when you are driving, the airbag
systems in your vehicle. system may not work properly. Have
A damaged airbag system the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
may not work properly and may
page 512 for more information.
not protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure your airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown
possible. booster seats should wear the
vehicle's safety belts.
The manufacturer's instructions that Q: What is the proper way to According to accident statistics,
come with the booster seat, state wear safety belts? children and infants are safer when
the weight and height limitations for A: An older child should wear a properly restrained in the rear
that booster. Use a booster seat lap-shoulder belt and get the seating positions than in the front
with a lap-shoulder belt until the additional restraint a shoulder seating positions.
child passes the below fit test: belt can provide. The shoulder In a crash, children who are not
. Sit all the way back on the seat. belt should not cross the face or buckled up can strike other people
Do the knees bend at the seat neck. The lap belt should fit who are buckled up, or can be
edge? If yes, continue. If no, snugly below the hips, just thrown out of the vehicle. Older
return to the booster seat. touching the top of the thighs. children need to use safety belts
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. This applies belt force to the properly.
Does the shoulder belt rest on child's pelvic bones in a crash.
the shoulder? If yes, continue. It should never be worn over the
If no, then return to the abdomen, which could cause
booster seat. severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
. Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Never do this. might also slide under the lap
Never allow two children to wear belt. The belt force would then be
the same safety belt. The safety applied right on the abdomen.
belt can not properly spread the That could cause serious or fatal
impact forces. In a crash, the two injuries. The shoulder belt should
children can be crushed together go over the shoulder and across
and seriously injured. A safety the chest.
belt must be used by only one
person at a time.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
(Continued)
Infants and Young Airbags plus lapshoulder belts offer

WARNING (Continued)
protection for adults and older
Children children, but not for young children
Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag arms. An infant should be
all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every secured in an appropriate
distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride restraint.
size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the
need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate
restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints.
state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained
every Canadian province says properly can strike other people,
children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING { WARNING
Never do this.
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child
wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to
the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child
tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not
unattended in a vehicle and never possible to hold it during a crash.
allow children to play with the For example, in a crash at only
safety belts. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
(Continued)
For most basic types of child

{ WARNING restraints, there are many
different models available. When
Never do this. purchasing a child restraint, be
Children who are up against, sure it is designed to be used in
or very close to, any airbag when a motor vehicle. If it is, the
it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying
or killed. Never put a rear-facing that it meets federal motor
child restraint in the right front vehicle safety standards.
seat. Secure a rear-facing child The restraint manufacturer's
restraint in a rear seat. It is also instructions that come with the
better to secure a forward-facing restraint state the weight and
Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there
must secure a forward-facing
child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which are many kinds of restraints
seat, always move the front are purchased by the vehicle's available for children with
passenger seat as far back as it owner, are available in four basic special needs.
will go. types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
Child Restraint Systems

{ WARNING { WARNING
To reduce the risk of neck and A young child's hip bones are still
head injury during a crash, infants so small that the vehicle's regular
need complete support. This is safety belt may not remain low on
because an infant's neck is not the hip bones, as it should.
fully developed and its head Instead, it may settle up around
weighs so much compared with the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the rest of its body. In a crash, an the belt would apply force on a
infant in a rear-facing child body area that is unprotected by
restraint settles into the restraint, any bony structure. This alone
so the crash forces can be could cause serious or fatal
distributed across the strongest injuries. To reduce the risk of
part of an infant's body, the back serious or fatal injuries during a (A) RearFacing Infant Seat
and shoulders. Infants should crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A)
always be secured in rear-facing always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating
child restraints. child restraints. surface against the back of the
infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle's safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions
provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual.
body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.
To help reduce the chance of injury, Keep in mind that an unsecured Securing the Child Within the
the child restraint must be secured child restraint can move around in a Child Restraint
in the vehicle. Child restraint collision or sudden stop and injure
systems must be secured in vehicle people in the vehicle. Be sure to
seats by lap belts or the lap belt properly secure any child restraint in
{ WARNING
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the vehicle even when no child is A child can be seriously injured or
the LATCH system. See Lower in it. killed in a crash if the child is not
Anchors and Tethers for Children In some areas, Certified Child properly secured in the child
(LATCH System) on page 348 for Passenger Safety Technicians restraint. Secure the child
more information. Children can be (CPSTs) are available to inspect properly following the instructions
endangered in a crash if the child and demonstrate how to correctly that came with that child restraint.
restraint is not properly secured in use and install child restraints. In
the vehicle. the U.S., refer to the National
When securing an add-on child Highway Traffic Safety
restraint, refer to the instructions Administration (NHTSA) website
that come with the restraint which to locate the nearest child safety
may be on the restraint itself or in a seat inspection station. For CPST
booklet, or both, and to this manual. availability in Canada, check with
The child restraint instructions are Transport Canada or the Provincial
important, so if they are not Ministry of Transportation office.
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Where to Put the

Restraint
Accident statistics show that A child in a rear-facing child Even if the passenger sensing
children are safer if they are restraint can be seriously injured system has turned off the right
restrained in the rear rather than the or killed if the right front front passenger frontal airbag, no
front seat. passenger airbag inflates. This is system is fail-safe. No one can
because the back of the guarantee that an airbag will not
We recommend that children and rear-facing child restraint would
child restraints be secured in a rear deploy under some unusual
be very close to the inflating circumstance, even though it is
seat, including: an infant or a child
airbag. A child in a forward-facing turned off.
riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
child restraint can be seriously
a child riding in a forward-facing Secure rear-facing child restraints
child seat; an older child riding in a injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the in a rear seat, even if the airbag
booster seat; and children, who are is off. If you secure a
large enough, using safety belts. passenger seat is in a forward
position. forward-facing child restraint in
A label on your sun visor says, the right front seat, always move
Never put a rear-facing child seat in (Continued)
the front passenger seat as far
the front. This is because the risk to back as it will go. It is better to
the rear-facing child is so great, secure the child restraint in a
if the airbag deploys. rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 331 for additional
information.
When securing a child restraint in a Therefore, you will not be able to Therefore, you will not be able to
rear seating position, study the secure child restraints or have secure a child restraint or have a
instructions that came with your passengers ride in the rear outside passenger ride in the center rear
child restraint to make sure it is seating positions. seating position.
compatible with this vehicle. Child restraints and booster seats
There are a couple of things you vary considerably in size, and some
need to know about using child may fit in certain seating positions
restraints in the rear seat: better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly
secured.
Depending on where you place the
If you use two child restraints (A) in
child restraint and the size of the
the rear outside seating positions,
child restraint, you may not be able
the safety belt for the center rear
to access adjacent safety belt
seat position (B) will not be
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
If you use a child restraint in the accessible.
additional passengers or child
center rear seating position (A), the restraints. Adjacent seating
safety belts and the child restraint positions should not be used if the
LATCH anchors for the rear outside child restraint prevents access to or
seating positions (B) will not be interferes with the routing of the
accessible. safety belt.
Wherever you install a child Lower Anchors and In order to use the LATCH system in
restraint, be sure to secure the child your vehicle, you need a child
restraint properly.
Tethers for Children restraint that has LATCH
Keep in mind that an unsecured
(LATCH System) attachments. The child restraint
child restraint can move around in a The LATCH system holds a child manufacturer will provide you with
collision or sudden stop and injure restraint during driving or in a crash. instructions on how to use the child
people in the vehicle. Be sure to This system is designed to make restraint and its attachments. The
properly secure any child restraint in installation of a child restraint easier. following explains how to attach a
your vehicle even when no child The LATCH system uses anchors in child restraint with these
is in it. the vehicle and attachments on the attachments in your vehicle.
child restraint that are made for use Not all vehicle seating positions or
with the LATCH system. child restraints have lower anchors
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible and attachments or top tether
child restraint is properly installed anchors and attachments.
using the anchors, or use the
vehicle's safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether and anchor.
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a
single tether (A) or a dual tether (C).
Either will have a single
attachment (B) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
Lower anchors (A) are metal bars attached. Others require the top
built into the vehicle. There are two tether always to be attached. In
lower anchors for each LATCH Canada, the law requires that
seating position that will forward-facing child restraints have
accommodate a child restraint with a top tether, and that the tether be
lower attachments (B). attached. Be sure to read and follow
A top tether (A, C) anchors the top the instructions for your child
of the child restraint to the vehicle. restraint.
A top tether anchor is built into If the child restraint does not have a
the vehicle. The top tether top tether, one can be obtained, in
attachment (B) on the child restraint kit form, for many child restraints.
connects to the top tether anchor in Ask the child restraint manufacturer
the vehicle in order to reduce the whether or not a kit is available.
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving
or in a crash.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Hatchback models may have

Anchor Locations zippers over the lower anchor
areas. If so, unzip the seat cover
below the labels to access each
lower anchor.
To assist you in locating the lower

anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
To assist you in locating the top

tether anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is located on the cover.
i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
j (Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
shade before installing the top

tether. The cargo shade should
remain off while the top tether is in
use. Be sure to use an anchor
located on the same side of the
vehicle as the seating position
where the child restraint will be
placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
Sedan Hatchback the instructions that come with the
For sedan models, the top tether For hatchback models, the top child restraint say that the top tether
anchors are located under the tether anchors (B) are located in the must be attached.
covers behind the rear seat on the rear cargo area, attached to the Accident statistics show that
filler panel. Pull open the cover to back wall (A) of the vehicle. children are safer if they are
access the top tether anchors. Squeeze and pull the front part of restrained in the rear rather than the
Be sure to use an anchor located on the plastic cover to access the top front seat. See Where to Put the
the same side of the vehicle as the tether anchors. Remove the cargo Restraint on page 346 for
seating position where the child additional information.
restraint will be placed.
Securing a Child Restraint

Designed for the LATCH { WARNING { WARNING
System Do not attach more than one child Children can be seriously injured
restraint to a single anchor. or strangled if a shoulder belt is
{ WARNING Attaching more than one child wrapped around their neck and
restraint to a single anchor could the safety belt continues to
If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment tighten. Buckle any unused safety
not attached to anchors, the child to come loose or even break belts behind the child restraint so
restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull
the child correctly. In a crash, the could be injured. To reduce the the shoulder belt all the way out
child could be seriously injured or risk of serious or fatal injuries of the retractor to set the lock,
killed. Install a LATCH-type child during a crash, attach only one if your vehicle has one, after the
restraint properly using the child restraint per anchor. child restraint has been installed.
anchors, or use the vehicle's
safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions Notice: Do not let the LATCH
that came with the child restraint attachments rub against the
and the instructions in this vehicles safety belts. This may
manual. damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear seat 2. If the child restraint manufacturer 2.5. Route and tighten the top
with a safety belt buckled. This recommends that the top tether tether according to your
could damage the safety belt or be attached, attach and tighten child restraint instructions
the seat. Unbuckle and return the the top tether to the top tether and the following
safety belt to its stowed position, anchor, if equipped. Refer to the instructions:
before folding the seat. child restraint instructions and
1. Attach and tighten the lower the following steps:
attachments to the lower 2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
anchors. If the child restraint 2.2. Flip the cover to access the
does not have lower top tether anchors.
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have 2.3. For hatchback models,
lower anchors, secure the child remove the cargo shade
restraint with the top tether and before installing the top
the safety belts. Refer to your tether. The cargo shade
child restraint manufacturer should remain off while the
instructions and the instructions top tether is in use.
in this manual. 2.4. Raise the headrest or head
restraint if the desired If the position you are using
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
seating position has an does not have a headrest
the desired seating
adjustable headrest or head or head restraint and you
position.
restraint. See Head are using a single tether,
1.2. Put the child restraint on Restraints on page 32. route the tether over the
the seat. seatback.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
anchors.
If the position you are using If the position you are using If the position you are using
does not have a headrest has a headrest or head has an adjustable headrest
or head restraint and you restraint and you are using or head restraint and you
are using a dual tether, a dual tether, route the are using a single tether,
route the tether over the tether under the headrest or route the tether under the
seatback. head restraint and in headrest or head restraint
between the headrest or and in between the
head restraint posts. headrest or head restraint
posts.
3. Before placing a child in the

WARNING (Continued)
Securing Child Restraints
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
(Right Front Seat
grasp the child restraint at the working properly after a crash, Position)
LATCH path and attempt to see your dealer to have the This vehicle has airbags. A rear
move it sidetoside and system inspected and any seat is a safer place to secure a
backandforth. There should be necessary replacements made as forward-facing child restraint. See
no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of soon as possible. Where to Put the Restraint on
movement, for proper page 346.
installation.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system In addition, the vehicle has a
and it was being used during a passenger sensing system which is
Replacing LATCH System crash, new LATCH system parts designed to turn off the right front
Parts After a Crash may be needed. passenger frontal airbag and
New parts and repairs may be seat-mounted side impact airbag
{ WARNING necessary even if the LATCH (if equipped) under certain
system was not being used at the conditions. See and Passenger
A crash can damage the LATCH time of the crash. Airbag Status Indicator on
system in the vehicle. A damaged page 512 for more information on
LATCH system may not properly this, including important safety
secure the child restraint, information.
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
(Continued)
A label on the sun visor says, If the child restraint has the LATCH
Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and
the front. This is because the risk to Tethers for Children (LATCH
the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual System) on page 348 for how to
if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is install your child restraint using
turned off. LATCH. If a child restraint is secured
{ WARNING Secure rear-facing child restraints using a safety belt and it uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a Tethers for Children (LATCH
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in System) on page 348 for top tether
or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move anchor locations.
passenger airbag inflates. This is the front passenger seat as far Do not secure a child seat in a
because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to position without a top tether anchor
rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a if a national or local law requires
be very close to the inflating rear seat. that the top tether be anchored, or if
airbag. A child in a forward-facing the instructions that come with the
child restraint can be seriously See Passenger Sensing System child restraint say that the top strap
injured or killed if the right front on page 331 for additional must be anchored.
passenger airbag inflates and the information.
In Canada, the law requires that
passenger seat is in a forward forward-facing child restraints have
position. a top tether, and that the tether be
Even if the passenger sensing attached.
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
(Continued)
You will be using the lap-shoulder 2. Put the child restraint on

belt to secure the child restraint in the seat.
this position. Follow the instructions 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
that came with the child restraint. the lap and shoulder portions of
1. Move the seat as far back as it the vehicle's safety belt through
will go before securing the or around the restraint. The child
forward-facing child restraint. restraint instructions will show
When the passenger sensing you how.
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag
and seat-mounted side impact
airbag (if equipped), the off
4. Push the latch plate into the
indicator on the passenger
buckle until it clicks.
airbag status indicator should
light and stay lit when you start Position the release button on
the vehicle. See Passenger the buckle so that the safety belt
Airbag Status Indicator on could be quickly unbuckled if
page 512. necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the

belt if needed.

grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag or airbags are off, the
off indicator in the passenger airbag
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down status indicator will come on and
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the stay on when the vehicle is started.
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to
If a child restraint has been installed
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and the off symbol is not lit, see If
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back
the On Indicator is Lit for a Child
into the retractor. When installing
Restraint under Passenger Sensing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
System on page 331 for more
may be helpful to use your knee
information.
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt. To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle's safety belt
Try to pull the belt out of the
and let it go back all the way.
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that

forward-facing child restraints have
(Rear Seat Position) a top tether, and that the tether be
When securing a child restraint in a attached.
rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have
instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be
restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the
compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position.
If the child restraint has the LATCH Be sure to follow the instructions
system, see Lower Anchors and that came with the child restraint.
Tethers for Children (LATCH Secure the child in the child restraint
System) on page 348 for how and when and as the instructions say.
where to install the child restraint 3. Push the latch plate into the
If more than one child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is buckle until it clicks.
needs to be installed in the rear
secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put Position the release button on
safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 346. the buckle so that the safety belt
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for could be quickly unbuckled if
Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on
necessary.
page 348 for top tether anchor the seat.
locations. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Do not secure a child seat in a the lap and shoulder portions of
position without a top tether anchor the vehicle's safety belt through
if a national or local law requires or around the restraint. The child
that the top tether be anchored, or if restraint instructions will show
the instructions that come with the you how.
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
6. If the child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 348 for more
information.
grasp the child restraint at the
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to
out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the move it sidetoside and
lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to backandforth. When the child
set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed,
not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than
into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
a forward-facing child restraint, it
To remove the child restraint,
may be helpful to use your knee
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
to push down on the child
let it return to the stowed position.
restraint as you tighten the belt.
If the top tether is attached to a top
Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it.
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage cupholder, push in on the cover,

then pull it out. After use, push in
Compartments the cupholder until it latches.
Storage Compartments There is also a cupholder located in
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Glove Box the rear of the center console.
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Lift up on the glove box lever to
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 open it. Front Storage
Cupholders
The vehicle may have shopping bag

hooks on each front seatback. Lift
Two cupholders are located in the the headrest to access the hooks.
center instrument panel, below the
climate control system. To use the
4-2 Storage
2 NOTES
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and Engine Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Controls
Controls Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-11
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-12 Steering Wheel
Passenger Airbag Status Adjustment
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-1 Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-13
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2 Malfunction
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Brake System Warning
Rear Window Wiper/ Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Hold Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-18
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . 5-19
Indicators Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-20
High-Beam on Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20 The lever is located under the
Warning Lights, Gauges, and steering column, slightly to the left.
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Daytime Running Lamps
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 (DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-20
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-20
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Trip Computer
Trip Computer (US Only) . . . . 5-21
5-2 Instruments and Controls
To adjust the steering wheel: Steering Wheel Controls

1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up or
down into a comfortable position.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the tilt lever while
driving.
Side View of the Volume Control

Front View of the Steering Wheel If the vehicle has this feature, some
Controls audio controls can be adjusted at
the steering wheel.
PWR (Power): Press and release
to turn the system on and off.
When the system is on, press and
release for a short time to mute the
system. Press and release again to
turn the sound back on.
+ VOLUME : Press the Horn

toggle bar located below the
+ VOLUME button to adjust the Press near or on the horn symbols
volume. Press the left side of the on the steering wheel pad to sound
toggle bar, below the + (plus) sign to the horn.
increase the volume. Press the
right side of the toggle bar, below Windshield Wiper/Washer
the (minus) sign to decrease the
volume.
MODE: Press and release this
button multiple times to cycle
through the audio playback options
that are available on the vehicle. Hatchback Shown
Options may include FM, AM, XM, The lever is located on the right side
CD, and AUX. of the steering column. The ignition
SEEK: Press and release to go to must be turned to ON/RUN to
the next preset station. operate the windshield wipers.
Press and hold for a long time to go Move the lever to one of the
to the next AM, FM, or XM station. Sedan Shown following positions:
The radio seeks stations only with a HI (High Speed): Fast wipes.
strong signal that are in the
selected band. LO (Low Speed): Slow wipes.
When playing a CD, press and
release to go to the next track.
Press and hold to fast forward
through the tracks.
INT (Intermittent): Move to this Clear ice and snow from the wiper The spray continues until the lever
position for a delayed wiping cycle. blades before using them. If frozen is released. The wipers will run a
Turn the band on the windshield to the windshield, carefully loosen or few times and either stop or will
wiper toward FAST or SLOW for a thaw them. Damaged wiper blades resume at the speed being used
shorter or longer delay between should be replaced. See Wiper previously. See Washer Fluid on
wipes. The wiper speed can only be Blade Replacement on page 1030. page 1024 for information on filling
adjusted when the lever is in the Heavy snow or ice can overload the the windshield washer fluid.
INT position. wipers. A circuit breaker stops them
OFF: Turns the windshield until the motor cools. { WARNING
wipers off.
Windshield Washer In freezing weather, do not use
Misting Function your washer until the windshield
To use this feature, the ignition must
Move the lever toward INT for a be turned to ON/RUN. Pull the is warmed. Otherwise the washer
single wiping cycle. Hold it there windshield washer/wiper lever fluid can form ice on the
until the windshield wipers start; toward you to spray washer fluid on windshield, blocking your vision.
then let go. The windshield wipers the windshield.
will stop after one wipe. If more
wipes are needed, hold the band
toward INT longer.
Rear Window Wiper/ The windshield washer reservoir is M (Minute): Press once to go
used for the windshield and rear forward one minute. To go forward
Washer window. Check the fluid level if more than one minute, press and
either washer is not working. See hold the button until the correct
{ WARNING Washer Fluid on page 1024. minute is reached.
In freezing weather, do not use S (Set): Press to reset the time to
Clock the nearest hour.
your washer until the windshield
is warmed. Otherwise the washer There is a digital clock located in For example, if the set button is
fluid can form ice on the the center of the instrument panel, pressed while the time is between
windshield, blocking your vision. above the center air outlets. When 8:00 and 8:29, the display is set to
the ignition is turned to ACC/ 8:00. If this button is pressed while
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, the time the time is between 8:30 and 8:59,
The vehicle may have a rear is displayed in the digital clock. the display is set to 9:00.
window wiper/washer. There are three buttons for adjusting
the digital clock: After disconnecting the battery or
Turn the rear wiper/washer band to replacing the fuse, reset the clock.
operate the rear window wiper/ H (Hour): Press once to go forward
washer. one hour. To go forward more than Power Outlets
OFF: Turns the rear window wiper/ one hour, press and hold the button
washer off. until the correct hour is reached. Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
Z : Turns the rear wiper on for such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
intermittent wipes.
The accessory power outlet is
Y: Sprays washer fluid onto the located next to the parking brake on
rear window and the wiper operates the center console.
continuously.
Remove the cover to access and Certain electrical accessories may Cigarette Lighter
replace when not in use. The not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet is accessory power outlet and could The cigarette lighter is located to the
operational when the ignition is overload vehicle or adapter fuses. right of the front ashtray. To use it,
turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or If a problem is experienced, see turn the ignition to ACC/
ON/RUN. your dealer. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, push the
cigarette lighter in all the way and
When adding electrical equipment, let go. When it is ready, it will pop
{ WARNING be sure to follow the proper back out.
installation instructions included with
Power is always supplied to the the equipment. See Add-On Electrical accessories may not be
outlets. Do not leave electrical Electrical Equipment on page 940. compatible with the cigarette lighter
equipment plugged in when the and could result in blown vehicle or
vehicle is not in use because the Notice: Hanging heavy adapter fuses. If you experience a
equipment from the power outlet problem see your dealer for
vehicle could catch fire and cause
can cause damage not covered additional information.
injury or death.
by the vehicle warranty. The
power outlets are designed for Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter
Notice: Leaving electrical accessory power plugs only, such in while it is heating will not allow
equipment plugged in for an as cell phone charge cords. the lighter to back away from the
extended period of time while the heating element when it is hot.
vehicle is off will drain the Damage from overheating may
battery. Always unplug electrical occur to the lighter or heating
equipment when not in use and element. Do not hold a cigarette
do not plug in equipment that lighter in while it is heating.
exceeds the maximum 20 ampere
rating.
Ashtrays Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there

could be a problem with a vehicle
The ashtray is located at the lower Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning
part of the center instrument panel. lights work together to indicate a
To remove the front ashtray for Indicators problem with the vehicle.
cleaning, open the ashtray fully, Warning lights and gauges can
press in the retaining tab and pull When one of the warning lights
signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while
the bin out. before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges
Notice: If papers, pins, or other to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem,
flammable items are put in the replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what
ashtray, hot cigarettes or other warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice.
smoking materials could ignite prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly
them and possibly damage the Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous.
vehicle. Never put flammable could be a problem with a vehicle
items in the ashtray. function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
Instrument Cluster
United States Manual Transmission Shown, Canada and Automatic Transmission Similar
Speedometer Cycle between the odometer and Tachometer

trip odometers A and B by pressing
The speedometer shows the the reset button located in the lower
vehicle's speed in both kilometers right area of the speedometer. Press
per hour (km/h) and miles per the reset button to tell how many
hour (mph). miles or kilometers have been
recorded on either Trip A or Trip B
Odometer since the trip odometer was last set
The odometer shows how far the back to zero.
vehicle has been driven, in either To reset each trip odometer to zero,
kilometers or miles. press and hold the reset button. The
reset button resets only the trip
Trip Odometer odometer that is being displayed.
Each trip odometer must be reset
The trip odometer can record the individually.
number of miles, used in the United The tachometer displays the engine
States, or kilometers, used in speed in revolutions per
Canada, traveled for up to two trips. minute (rpm).
Notice: If the engine is operated
above 6,500 rpm, the vehicle
could be damaged, and the
damages would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
operate the engine with the
tachometer above 6,500 rpm.
Fuel Gauge Here are four things that some

owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the service station, the gas
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
English
half the tank's capacity to fill
Metric The fuel gauge indicates about how the tank.
much fuel is left when the ignition is . The indicator moves a little when
turned to ON/RUN.
turning a corner or speeding up.
When the tank nears empty, the low . The gauge goes back to empty
fuel warning light will come on.
when the ignition is turned off.
There is still a little fuel left, but the
vehicle's fuel tank should be filled
soon. See Low Fuel Warning Light
on page 520 for more information.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is located.
Engine Coolant See Engine Overheating on

page 1021.
Temperature Gauge
Safety Belt Reminders
Safety Belt Reminder Light
When the engine is started, a chime
sounds for several seconds to
remind a driver to fasten the safety
belt, unless the driver safety belt is
already buckled.
English
The vehicle has an engine coolant
temperature gauge. With the ignition
Metric
turned to ON/RUN, this gauge
shows the engine coolant
temperature.
The safety belt light comes on and
If the gauge pointer moves into the stays on for several seconds, then
red area, the engine is too hot. flashes for several more.
It means that the engine coolant has
overheated. This chime and light are repeated if
the driver remains unbuckled and
If the vehicle has been operating the vehicle is in motion. If the driver
under normal driving conditions, pull safety belt is already buckled,
off the road, stop the vehicle, and neither the chime nor the light
turn off the engine as soon as comes on.
possible.
Airbag Readiness Light If the airbag readiness light stays on status indicator near the clock,
or comes on while driving, the located in the center of the
There is an airbag readiness light airbag system may not work instrument panel.
on the instrument panel cluster, properly. Have the vehicle serviced
which shows the airbag symbol. The right away.
system checks the airbag's
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells if there is an electrical { WARNING
problem. The system check includes If the airbag readiness light stays
the airbag sensor, the airbag on after the vehicle is started or
modules, the wiring, and the crash United States
comes on while driving, it means
sensing and diagnostic module. For
the airbag system might not be
more information on the airbag
system, see Airbag System on working properly. The airbags in
page 324. the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away. Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
Passenger Airbag Status passenger airbag status indicator
will light PASSENGER AIRBAG ON
This light comes on when the Indicator and PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF or
vehicle is started, and it will flash for The vehicle has the passenger the symbol for on and off, for
a few seconds. When the light goes sensing system. See Passenger several seconds as a system check.
out this indicates the system is Sensing System on page 331 for Then, after several more seconds,
functioning properly. important safety information. The the status indicator will light either
vehicle has a passenger airbag PASSENGER AIRBAG ON or
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF,
or either the on or off symbol, to let If, after several seconds, both status Charging System Light
you know the status of the right front indicator lights remain on, or if there
passenger frontal and seat-mounted are no lights at all, there may be a
side impact airbag (if equipped). problem with the lights or the
If the words PASSENGER AIRBAG passenger sensing system. See
ON or the on symbol is lit on the your dealer for service.
passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the right front passenger { WARNING
frontal airbag and seat-mounted This light will come on briefly when
side impact airbag (if equipped) is If the airbag readiness light ever the ignition is turned on, and the
enabled (may inflate). comes on and stays on, it means engine is not running, as a check to
that something may be wrong show it is working.
If the words PASSENGER AIRBAG with the airbag system. To help
OFF or the off symbol is lit on the It should go out when the engine is
avoid injury to yourself or others,
passenger airbag status indicator, it started. If it stays on, or comes on
have the vehicle serviced right
means that the passenger sensing while driving, there may have a
away. See Airbag Readiness problem with the electrical charging
system has turned off the right front
passenger frontal airbag and Light on page 512 for more system. Have it checked by your
seat-mounted side impact airbag information, including important dealer. Driving while this light is on
(if equipped). safety information. could drain the battery. If a short
distance must be driven with the
light on, turn off all accessories,
such as the radio and air conditioner
to help reduce the drain on the
battery.
Malfunction If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Notice: Modifications made to the

comes on and stays on, while the engine, transmission, exhaust,
Indicator Lamp engine is running, this indicates that intake, or fuel system of the
A computer system called OBD II there is an OBD II problem and vehicle or the replacement of the
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second service is required. original tires with other than
Generation) monitors operation of Malfunctions often are indicated by those of the same Tire
the fuel, ignition, and emission the system before any problem is Performance Criteria (TPC) can
control systems. It makes sure that apparent. Heeding the light can affect the vehicle's emission
emissions are at acceptable levels prevent more serious damage to the controls and can cause this light
for the life of the vehicle, helping to vehicle. This system assists the to come on. Modifications to
produce a cleaner environment. service technician in correctly these systems could lead to
diagnosing any malfunction. costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
Notice: If the vehicle is result in a failure to pass a
continually driven with this light required Emission Inspection/
on, after a while, the emission Maintenance test. See
controls might not work as well, Accessories and Modifications on
the vehicle fuel economy might page 104.
This light comes on when the not be as good, and the engine
might not run as smoothly. This This light comes on during a
ignition is on, but the engine is not malfunction in one of two ways:
running, as a check to show it is could lead to costly repairs that
working. If it does not, have the might not be covered by the Light Flashing: A misfire condition
vehicle serviced by your dealer. vehicle warranty. has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
The following can prevent more An emission system malfunction

. Make sure to fuel the vehicle
serious damage to the vehicle: might be corrected by doing the with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality
following: causes the engine not to run as
. Reduce vehicle speed. efficiently as designed and may
. Avoid hard accelerations.
. Make sure the fuel cap is fully cause: stalling after start-up,
installed. See Filling the Tank on stalling when the vehicle is
. Avoid steep uphill grades. page 937. The diagnostic changed into gear, misfiring,
If the light continues to flash, when system can determine if the fuel hesitation on acceleration,
it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. cap has been left off or or stumbling on acceleration.
Find a safe place to park the improperly installed. A loose or These conditions might go away
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at missing fuel cap allows fuel to once the engine is warmed up.
least 10 seconds, and restart the evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap If one or more of these
engine. If the light is still flashing,
properly installed should turn the conditions occurs, change the
follow the previous steps and see
light off. fuel brand used. It will require at
your dealer for service as soon as
least one full tank of the proper
possible. . If the vehicle has been driven fuel to turn the light off.
Light On Steady: An emission through a deep puddle of water,
the vehicle's electrical system See Recommended Fuel on
control system malfunction has
might be wet. The condition is page 935.
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be usually corrected when the If none of the above have made the
required. electrical system dries out. A few light turn off, have your dealer check
driving trips should turn the the vehicle. The dealer has the
light off. proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
Emissions Inspection and

. the critical emission control If the warning light comes on, there
Maintenance Programs systems have not been is a brake problem. Have the brake
completely diagnosed by the system inspected right away.
Some state/provincial and local system. This can happen if the
governments may have programs to battery has recently been
inspect the on-vehicle emission replaced or if the battery has run
control equipment. For the down. The diagnostic system
inspection, the emission system test evaluates critical emission
equipment is connected to the control systems during normal
vehicles Data Link driving. This can take Metric English
Connector (DLC). several days of routine driving.
If this has been done and the
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection, your dealer can
{ WARNING
prepare the vehicle for The brake system might not be
inspection. working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Brake System Warning Driving with the brake system
The DLC is under the instrument Light warning light on can lead to a
panel near the steering wheel. See crash. If the light is still on after
your dealer if assistance is needed. The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one the vehicle has been pulled off
The vehicle may not pass circuit is not working, the remaining the road and carefully stopped,
inspection if: circuit can still work to stop the have the vehicle towed for
. the Malfunction Indicator Lamp vehicle. For normal braking service.
is on with the engine running, performance, both circuits need to
or if the light does not come on be working
when the ignition is turned to
ON/RUN while the engine is off.
This light should come on briefly Antilock Brake System problem with the regular brakes.
when the ignition is turned to ON. See Brake System Warning Light on
If it does not come on then, have it
(ABS) Warning Light page 516.
fixed so it will be ready to warn if The ABS warning light will come on
there is a problem. briefly when the ignition is turned to
When the ignition is on, the brake ON/RUN. This is normal. If the light
system warning light will also come does not come on then, have it fixed
on when the parking brake is set. so it will be ready to warn if there is
The light will stay on if the parking a problem.
brake does not fully release. If it For vehicles with the Antilock Brake
stays on after the parking brake is System (ABS), this light comes on Up-Shift Light
fully released, it means there is a briefly when the engine is started.
brake problem.
If the light stays on, turn the ignition
If the light comes on while driving, to LOCK/OFF or if the light comes
carefully pull off the road and stop. on, stop as soon as possible and
The pedal may be harder to push or turn the ignition off. Then start the
may go closer to the floor. It may engine again to reset the system.
take longer to stop. If the light is still If the light still stays on, or comes
on, have the vehicle towed for on again while driving, the vehicle The vehicle may have an up-shift
service. See Towing the Vehicle on needs service. See your dealer. light.
page 1074. If the regular brake system warning When this light comes on, shift to
light is not on, the brakes will still the next higher gear if weather,
work, but the antilock brakes will not road, and traffic conditions allow.
work. If the regular brake system See Manual Transmission on
warning light is also on, the antilock
brakes will not work and there is a
Hold Mode Light Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and
Then is On Steady
This indicates that there may be a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System. The light flashes
for about a minute and then stays
on steady for the remainder of the
ignition cycle. This sequence will
If the vehicle has this feature, this For vehicles with the Tire Pressure repeat with every ignition cycle. See
light comes on when the Hold Mode Monitoring System, this light comes Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
is active. on briefly when the engine is page 1051 for more information.
If the HOLD mode light flashes, started.
have the vehicle checked. See It provides information about tire Engine Oil Pressure Light
Hold Mode under Automatic pressures and the Tire Pressure
Transmission on page 925 for more Monitoring System.
information.
When the Light is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
If the vehicle has low engine oil
Stop and check the tires as soon as
pressure, this light will stay on after
it is safe to do, and inflate them to
the engine is started, or come on
the proper pressure. See Tires on
while driving.
This indicates that the engine is not Change Engine Oil Light
receiving enough oil. The engine { WARNING
could be low on oil, or could have
some other oil problem. Have it Do not keep driving if the oil
fixed immediately by your dealer. pressure is low. The engine can
become so hot that it catches fire.
The oil light could also come on in Someone could be burned. Check
other situations: the oil as soon as possible and
. When the ignition is on but the have the vehicle serviced.
The vehicle may have an engine oil
engine is not running, the light
life system that indicates when the
will come on as a test to show it
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil oil needs to be changed.
is working. The light will go out
maintenance can damage the
when the ignition is turned on. When the change engine oil light
engine. The repairs would not be comes on, it means that the engine
If it does not come on with the
covered by the vehicle warranty.
ignition on, there may be a oil needs to be changed.
Always follow the maintenance
problem with the fuse or bulb. Once the engine oil has been
schedule for changing engine oil.
Have it fixed right away. changed, the engine oil life system
. If the vehicle comes to a hard must be reset. After reset, the
stop, the light may come on for a change engine oil light goes out.
moment. This is normal. See Engine Oil Life System on
page 1012, Scheduled
Maintenance on page 112 and
Engine Oil on page 109 for more
information.
Low Fuel Warning Light High-Beam on Light Front Fog Lamp Light
This light comes on when the This light comes on when the For vehicles with this feature, the
vehicle is low on fuel. high-beam headlamps are in use. fog lamps light will come on when
The low fuel warning light comes on See Headlamp High/Low-Beam the fog lamps are in use.
when there are approximately Changer on page 62 for more The light will go out when the fog
6.0 liters (1.7 gallons) of fuel information. lamps are turned off. See Fog
remaining in the tank. Lamps on page 64 for more
To turn the light off, add fuel to the Daytime Running Lamps information.
fuel tank. See Filling the Tank on (DRL) Indicator Light
page 937.
This light turns on whenever the

Daytime Running Lamps are on.
See Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 62 for more information.
Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light Trip Computer

Trip Computer (US Only)
The vehicle may have a trip
computer. It provides the driver with
driving information such as the
driving distance for the remaining
If the vehicle has cruise control, this The door ajar light comes on and fuel, outside temperature, average
light comes on whenever the cruise stays on until all doors, trunk and fuel economy, and driving time.
control is set liftgate are closed and completely The trip computer button is located
The light will go out when the cruise latched. in the lower right area of the
control is turned off. See Cruise If the key is in the ignition while the tachometer. Each time you press it,
Control on page 932 for more driver door is open, a warning chime the display cycles through the
information. also sounds. available choices.
Range for Remaining Fuel the same amount of fuel is in the Driving Time
fuel tank. This is because different
driving conditions produce different
fuel economies. Generally, freeway
driving produces better fuel
economy than city driving.
Outside Temperature
This display shows the approximate This display shows the approximate This display can be used as a timer.
number of remaining miles the outside temperature.
The display will show the amount of
vehicle can be driven without Average Fuel Economy time that has passed since the timer
refueling. was last reset. The timer is only
The minimum display for the range running while the vehicle is moving.
is 45 miles. Once the minimum To reset the driving time, press and
display range is under 45 miles, you hold the trip computer button.
will see dashes on the display.
The fuel range estimate is based on
an average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history This display shows the approximate
and the amount of fuel remaining in average miles per gallon (mpg).
the fuel tank. This estimate will This number is calculated based on
change if driving conditions change. the number of mpg recorded since
For example, if driving in traffic and the last time this menu item was
making frequent stops, this display reset. To reset the average fuel
may read one number, but if the economy, press and hold the trip
vehicle is driven on a freeway, the computer button.
number may change even though
Lighting 6-1
Lighting Exterior Lighting The exterior lamp band has

three positions:
Exterior Lamp Controls 3 (Headlamps): Turns on the
Exterior Lighting headlamps, together with the
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1 following:
Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 . License Plate Lamp
Daytime Running . Instrument Panel Lights
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3
. Parking Lamps
Turn and Lane-Change The headlamps automatically turn
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 off when the ignition key is turned to
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 LOCK/OFF or ACC/ACCESSORY.
Interior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the
Instrument Panel Illumination Uplevel Shown, Base Similar parking lamps, together with the
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 taillamps, license plate lamp, and
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 The lever on the left side of the instrument panel lights.
steering column operates the
Lighting Features OFF: Turns all the lamps off,
exterior lamps.
Inadvertent Power Battery except the Daytime Running
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Lamps (DRL).
6-2 Lighting
Headlamp High/ Daytime Running When the DRL system is on, the
taillamps, sidemarker lamps,
Low-Beam Changer Lamps (DRL) parking lamps, and instrument panel
The headlamps must be on for this Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can lights do not come on unless the
feature to work. make it easier for others to see the exterior lamps control is turned to
front of your vehicle during the day. the parking lamp or headlamp
Push the turn signal lever away
Fully functional daytime running position.
from you to turn the high beams on.
lamps are required on all vehicles The DRL system turns off when one
The 3 light comes on in instrument first sold in Canada. of the following conditions are met:
panel cluster while the high beams The DRL system makes the
are on and the ignition is turned to
. The ignition is off.
headlamps come on when the
ON/RUN. following conditions are met: . The parking brake is on.
Pull the lever toward you to return to . The ignition is on. . The high-beam headlamps
low beams. are on.
. The exterior lamp band is in
OFF or in the parking lamp . The low-beam headlamps
Flash-to-Pass position. are on.
This feature is used to signal to the . The flash-to-pass feature
. The parking brake is released.
vehicle ahead that you want is used.
to pass. An indicator light on instrument
panel cluster comes on when the The regular headlamp system
Pull the turn signal/multifunction should be used when needed.
DRL system is on.
lever toward you until the high-beam
headlamps come on, then release
the lever to turn them off.
Lighting 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
The hazard warning flasher button Signals change. Hold it there until the lane
is located to the right of the climate change is completed.
control system on the sedan.
The lever returns to its starting
| Hazard Warning Flasher: position whenever it is released.
Press to make the front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on and off. If after signaling a turn or a lane
This warns others that you are change the arrow flashes rapidly or
having trouble. Press the button does not come on, a signal bulb
again to turn the flashers off. may be burned out.
When the hazard warning flashers Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb
are on, the turn signals will is not burned out, check the fuse.
not work. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on
page 1036.
An arrow on the instrument panel
cluster flashes in the direction of the
turn or lane change.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
6-4 Lighting
Fog Lamps To turn the fog lamps off, turn the Interior Lighting
band to # again. The fog lamp
For vehicles with fog lamps, they
indicator light will go off. Instrument Panel
are controlled by the # band
located on the middle of the turn The fog lamps will also turn off Illumination Control
signal/multifunction lever. when the high-beam headlamps are
turned on. When the high-beam This feature controls the brightness
To use the fog lamps, the ignition headlamps are turned off, the fog of the instrument panel lights.
must be turned to ON/RUN and the lamps will turn on again.
low-beam headlamps or parking
lamps must be on. Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
Turn the band to # to turn the fog along with the fog lamps.
lamps on. The band automatically
returns to its starting position when
released. The fog lamp indicator
light comes on in the instrument
panel cluster. See Front Fog Lamp
Light on page 520.
The thumbwheel for this feature is

located on the instrument panel to
the left of the steering column. Turn
the thumbwheel to brighten or dim
the lights.
Lighting 6-5
Dome Lamps Lighting Features

The vehicle has a dome lamp
located in the overhead console. Inadvertent Power Battery
Move the switch to the following Saver
positions: This feature is designed to protect
ON: The light comes on and the vehicle's battery against
stays on. drainage. If the exterior lamps
O (Door): The light comes on control is left in the ; or 2
when a door is opened. The light position, the key is removed and the
turns off when all the doors are driver door is opened, the lights will
closed. turn off automatically.
OFF: The light remains off even If the key is removed and the driver
when a door is opened. door is opened while the dome lamp
is on, the dome lamp will not turn off
Be sure all doors and trunk lid or automatically.
hatch are completely closed or the
battery may drain.
6-6 Lighting
2 NOTES
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment Introduction To minimize taking your eyes off the

road while driving, do the following
System Determine which radio the vehicle
has and read the following pages to
while the vehicle is parked:
. Become familiar with the
become familiar with its features.
operation and controls of the
Introduction audio system.
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 { WARNING . Set up the tone, speaker
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Taking your eyes off the road for adjustments, and preset radio
Radio extended periods could cause a stations.
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 crash resulting in injury or death For more information, see Defensive
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 to you or others. Do not give Driving on page 92.
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 extended attention to
Fixed Mast Antenna Notice: Contact your dealer
entertainment tasks while driving. before adding any equipment.
(Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Backglass Antenna Adding audio or communication
(Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 This system provides access to equipment could interfere with
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 many audio and nonaudio listings. the operation of the vehicle's
Audio Players engine, radio, or other systems,
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 and could damage them. Follow
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 federal rules covering mobile
radio and telephone equipment.
7-2 Infotainment System
Operation Setting the Tone (Bass/Mid/

Treble)
SOUND (Bass/Mid/Treble): Press
to adjust the bass, midrange,
or treble.
Adjusting the Bass
To adjust the bass:
1. Press SOUND.
2. Press the pushbutton below the
Bass tab on the display.
Radio with CD
3. Turn O to adjust the setting.
AM-FM Radio Playing the Radio
4. The settings are saved after
O (Power/Volume): Press and five seconds.
release to turn the system on. Press
and hold this knob for more than Adjusting the Midrange
two seconds to turn the system off. To adjust the midrange:
Turn to increase or decrease the 1. Press SOUND.
volume.
When the system is on, press and Mid tab on the display.
release O to mute the system.
3. Turn O to adjust the setting.
Press and release O again to turn
the sound back on. 4. The settings are saved after
five seconds.
Adjusting the Treble Adjusting the Fade Radio

To adjust the treble: To adjust the fade:
1. Press SOUND. 1. Press SOUND. AM-FM Radio
2. Press the pushbutton below the 2. Press the pushbutton below the Finding a Station (AMFM
Treb tab on the display. Fad tab on the display. Radio)
3. Turn O to adjust the setting. 3. Turn O to adjust the setting. BAND: Press to choose FM, AM,
or XM (if equipped). The display
4. The settings are saved after 4. The settings are saved after
will show the selection.
five seconds. five seconds.
u SEEK: Press to seek the next
Adjusting the Speakers Setting the EQ radio station with a strong signal in
(Balance/Fade) SOUND (Equalization): Press to the selected band.
SOUND (Balance/Fade): Press to select an equalization setting. t SEEK: Press to seek the
adjust the balance or fade. previous radio station with a strong
Setting the EQ
Adjusting the Balance signal in the selected band.
1. Press SOUND.
To adjust the balance: [ TUNE: Press to go to the next
2. Press the pushbutton below the station manually.
1. Press SOUND. P.E.Q. tab on the display. The
Pop, Rock, Ctry, Voice, Jazz, r TUNE: Press to go to the
2. Press the pushbutton below the previous station manually.
Clas tabs appear on the display.
Bal tab on the display.
3. Turn O to adjust the setting. desired selection to set the EQ.
4. The settings are saved after Pressing the same pushbutton
five seconds. again cancels the EQ setting.
SCAN: Press to scan radio To use Automatic Store: Finding a Station (Radio with
stations. The radio goes to a station, 1. Press and hold AST to use Auto CD, and Radio with
plays for a few seconds, then goes Store mode. SixDisc CD)
to the next station. Press this button
again to stop scanning. 2. Press the pushbutton below the BAND: Press to choose FM, AM,
ON tab on the radio display. or XM (if equipped). The display will
The radio only scans stations with a show the selection.
strong signal in the selected band. 3. Automatic Store searches for
radio stations with a strong u SEEK: Press to seek the next
AST (Automatic Store): Twelve signal and automatically set radio station with a strong signal in
preset stations with the strongest presets A1 and A2 with new the selected band.
reception in the area can be stations.
automatically stored. The radio will t SEEK: Press to seek the
only scan stations with a strong 4. After all stations are set, press previous radio station with a strong
signal that are in the selected AM or the pushbutton below the arrow signal in the selected band.
FM band. If the Automatic Store tab on the radio display to return [ TUNE: Press to go to the next
function is started in the FM band, to the main radio screen station manually.
only FM stations are stored in To reset the automatically stored
preset pages A1 and A2. If the r TUNE: Press to go to the
radio stations, press and hold AST. previous station manually.
Automatic Store function is started Then press the pushbutton below
in the AM band, only AM stations the RESE tab on the radio display. SCAN/AST: Press to scan radio
are stored in A1 and A2. If no stations are stored on preset stations. The radio goes to a station,
A combination of AM, FM and XM pages A1 and A2, the RESE option plays for a few seconds, then goes
(if equipped) stations can be stored does not appear in the radio display. to the next station. The radio only
manually into the other four favorite When the Automatic Store function scans stations with a strong signal
pages. is used, any stations that were in the selected band. Press SCAN/
previously set will be deleted and AST again to stop scanning.
replaced with new stations.
Press and hold SCAN/AST to use To use Automatic Store: Storing a Radio Station
Automatic Store. The radio only 1. Press and hold SCAN/AST to Drivers are encouraged to set up
scans stations with a strong signal use Automatic Store mode. radio station favorites while the
in the selected band.
2. Press the pushbutton below the vehicle is in P (Park). Tune to
AST (Automatic Store): Twelve ON tab on the radio display. favorite stations using the
preset stations with the strongest pushbuttons, favorites button, and
reception in the area can be 3. Automatic Store searches for steering wheel controls. See
automatically stored. The radio will radio stations with a strong Defensive Driving on page 92.
only scan stations with a strong signal and automatically sets
presets A1 and A2 with new A maximum of 36 stations can be
signal that are in the selected AM or
stations. programmed as favorites using the
FM band. If the Automatic Store
6 pushbuttons positioned below the
function is started in the FM band, 4. After all stations are set, press radio station frequency labels and
only FM stations are stored in the pushbutton below the arrow by using the radio favorites page
preset pages A1 and A2. If the tab on the radio display to return button (FAV button). Press the FAV
Automatic Store function is started to the main radio screen. button to go through up to six pages
in the AM band, only AM stations
To reset the automatically stored of favorites, each having six favorite
are stored in A1 and A2.
radio stations, press and hold stations available per page.
A combination of AM, FM, and XM
SCAN/AST. Then press the If Automatic Store is used, then four
(if equipped) stations can be stored
pushbutton below the RESE tab on pages of favorites are available.
manually into the other four favorite
the radio display. If no stations are Each page of favorites can contain
pages.
stored on preset pages A1 and A2, any combination of AM, FM, or XM
the RESE option does not appear in (if equipped) stations. To store a
the radio display. When the station as a favorite:
Automatic Store function is used, 1. Tune in the desired station.
any stations that were previously set
will be deleted and replaced with 2. Press and release the FAV
new stations. button to display the page where
the station is to be stored.
3. Press and hold one of the six Satellite Radio t SEEK: Press to seek the
numbered pushbuttons until a previous XM channel.
beep sounds. When the XM Satelite Radio Service
pushbutton is pressed and [ TUNE: Press to go to the next
XM is a satellite radio service based XM channel.
released, the station that was in the 48 contiguous United States
set will return. and 10 Canadian provinces. XM r TUNE: Press to go to the
4. Repeat the Steps 1 through 3 for Satellite Radio has a wide variety of previous XM channel.
each radio station to be stored programming and commercial-free SCAN/AST: Press to scan XM
as a favorite. music, coast-to-coast, and in channels. The radio goes to a
To set up the number of favorites digital-quality sound. A service fee channel, plays for a few seconds,
is required to receive the XM then goes to the next channel.
pages:
service. For more information, Press SCAN/AST again to stop
1. Press and hold FAV until the contact XM at www.xmradio.com or scanning.
radio setup menu displays. call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and
SCAN: Press to scan XM
2. Select the desired number of www.xmradio.ca or call
channels. The radio goes to a
favorites pages by pressing the 1-877-438-9677 in Canada.
channel, plays for a few seconds,
pushbutton located below the Finding a Channel then goes to the next channel.
displayed page numbers. Press this button again to stop
BAND: Press to choose FM, AM, scanning.
3. Press FAV to return to the or XM. The display will show the
original main radio screen selection.
showing the radio station
frequency tabs and to begin the u SEEK: Press to seek the next
process of programming XM channel.
favorites for the chosen number
of numbered pages.
Storing an XM Channel 3. Press and hold one of the six XM Radio Messages
numbered pushbuttons until a
Drivers are encouraged to set up UPDATING: The encryption code
beep sounds. When the
XM Channel favorites while the in the receiver is being updated, and
pushbutton is pressed and
vehicle is in P (Park). Tune to no action is required. This process
released, the channel that was
favorite stations using the should take no longer than
set will return.
pushbuttons, favorites button, and 30 seconds.
steering wheel controls. See 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for
NO SIGNAL: The system is
Defensive Driving on page 92. each XM channel to be stored
functioning correctly, but the vehicle
as a favorite.
A maximum of 36 stations can be is in a location that is blocking the
programmed as favorites using the To set up the number of favorites XM signal. When the vehicle is
6 pushbuttons positioned below the pages: moved into an open area, the signal
radio station frequency labels and 1. Press and hold FAV until the should return.
by using the radio favorites page radio setup menu displays. LOADING: The audio system is
button (FAV button). Press the FAV acquiring and processing audio and
button to go through up to six pages 2. Select the desired number of
favorites pages by pressing the text data. No action is needed. This
of favorites, each having six favorite message should disappear shortly.
stations available per page. pushbutton located below the
If Automatic Store is used, then four displayed page numbers. OFF AIR: This channel is not
pages of favorites are available. 3. Press FAV to return to the currently in service. Tune in to
Each page of favorites can contain original main radio screen another channel.
any combination of AM, FM, or XM showing the radio frequency CH UNAVAILABLE: This
channels. To store an XM channel tabs and to begin the process of previously assigned channel is no
as a favorite: programming favorites for the longer assigned. Tune to another
1. Tune in the desired channel. chosen number of numbered station. If this station was one of the
pages. presets, choose another station for
2. Press and release the FAV that preset button.
button to display the page where
the channel is to be stored.
RADIO ID: If tuned to channel 0, AM XM Satellite Radio Service

this message alternates with the XM
The range for most AM stations is XM Satellite Radio Service gives
Radio eightdigit radio ID label. This
greater than for FM, especially at digital radio reception from
label is needed to activate the
night. The longer range can cause coast-to-coast in the 48 contiguous
service.
station frequencies to interfere with United States, and in Canada. Just
CHECK XM TUNER: If this each other. For better radio as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
message does not clear within a reception, most AM radio stations interfere with satellite radio signals,
short period of time, the receiver boost the power levels during the causing the sound to fade in and
could have a fault. Consult with your day, and then reduce these levels out. In addition, traveling or standing
dealer. during the night. Static can also under heavy foliage, bridges,
occur when things like storms and garages, or tunnels may cause loss
Radio Reception power lines interfere with radio of the XM signal for a period of time.
reception. When this happens, try
Frequency interference and static Cellular Phone Usage
reducing the treble on the radio.
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as cell phone Cellular phone usage may cause
FM Stereo interference with the vehicle's radio.
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic FM signals only reach about 16 to This interference may occur when
65 km (10 to 40 miles). Although the making or receiving phone calls,
devices are plugged into the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit charging the phone's battery,
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the that automatically works to reduce or simply having the phone on. This
item from the accessory power interference, some static can occur, interference causes an increased
especially around tall buildings or level of static while listening to the
outlet.
hills, causing the sound to fade in radio. If static is received while
and out. listening to the radio, unplug the
cellular phone and turn it off.
Fixed Mast Antenna for proper radio reception, the Because this antenna is built into
antenna connector at the top-center the rear window, there is a reduced
(Hatchback) of the rear window needs to be risk of damage caused by car
Vehicles without OnStar have a properly attached to the post on the washes and vandals.
fixed mast antenna that can glass. If static is heard on the radio, when
withstand most car washes without Notice: Using a razor blade or the rear window defogger is turned
being damaged. If the mast should sharp object to clear the inside on, it could mean that a defogger
ever become slightly bent, rear window can damage the rear grid line has been damaged. If this
straighten it out by hand. If the mast window antenna and/or the rear is true, the grid line must be
is badly bent, replace it. window defogger. Repairs would repaired.
Check occasionally to make sure not be covered by the vehicle If adding a cellular telephone to the
the mast is still tightened to the warranty. Do not clear the inside vehicle, and the antenna needs to
antenna base located on the roof of rear window with sharp objects. be attached to the glass, make sure
the vehicle. If tightening is required, Notice: Do not apply aftermarket that the grid lines for the AM-FM
tighten by hand. glass tinting with metallic film. antenna are not damaged. There is
The metallic film in some tinting enough space between the grid
Backglass Antenna materials will interfere with or lines to attach a cellular telephone
(Sedan) distort the incoming radio antenna without interfering with
reception. Any damage caused to radio reception.
Vehicles without OnStar have the your backglass antenna due to
AM-FM antenna integrated with the metallic tinting materials will not
rear window defogger, located in the be covered by the vehicle
rear window. Make sure that the warranty.
inside surface of the rear window is
not scratched and that the lines on
the glass are not damaged. If the
inside surface is damaged, it could
interfere with radio reception. Also,
Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players Care of CDs

Vehicles with OnStar have a If playing a CD-R, the sound quality
multi-band antenna located on the CD Player can be reduced due to CD-R quality,
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is the method of recording, the quality
used for the AM/FM radio, OnStar Care of the CD Player of the music that has been
and the XM Satellite Radio Service Do not add labels to a CD. It could recorded, and the way the CD-R or
System. Keep the antenna clear of get caught in the CD player. Use a CD-RW has been handled. Handle
obstructions for clear reception. marking pen to write on the top of them carefully. Store CD-Rs in their
If the vehicle has a sunroof, the the CD if a description is needed. original cases or other protective
performance of the AM/FM radio, cases and away from direct sunlight
Do not use CD lens cleaners, they and dust. The CD player scans the
OnStar, and the XM system may be
could damage the CD player. bottom surface of the disc. If the
affected if the sunroof is open.
Notice: If a label is added to a surface of a CD is damaged, such
CD, or more than one CD is as cracked, broken, or scratched,
inserted into the slot at a time, the CD does not play properly or not
or an attempt is made to play at all. Do not touch the bottom side
scratched or damaged CDs, the of a CD while handling it; this could
CD player could be damaged. damage the surface. Pick up CDs
While using the CD player, use by grasping the outer edges or the
only CDs in good condition edge of the hole and the outer edge.
without any label, load one CD at If the surface of a CD is soiled,
a time, and keep the CD player clean it with a soft, lintfree cloth or
and the loading slot free of dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild,
foreign materials, liquids, and neutral detergent solution mixed
debris. with water. Make sure the wiping
If an error displays, see CD process starts from the center to
Messages earlier in this section. the edge.
Playing a CD [ TUNE (Next Track): Press CD/AUX while a CD is

Press [ TUNE to go to the next playing to pause the CD. PAUSE
Radio with CD flashes on the display. Press CD/
track. The track number will appear
Insert a CD partway into the slot, AUX again to start playing the CD.
on the display. The player will
label side up. The player pulls it in continue moving forward through Press CD/AUX to play a CD when
and the CD begins playing. A CD the CD with each press of listening to the audio contents from
can be loaded while the ignition is in [ TUNE. other device (AUX mode). CD
the OFF position. Loading appears on the display
When the CD is inserted, CD
r TUNE (Previous Track): Press when the CD player has been
to go to the start of the current track.
Loading appears on the display. As selected. The CD symbol will
The track number will appear on the
each new track starts to play, the appear on the display when a CD is
display. The player will continue
track number displays. loaded.
moving backward through the CD
If the ignition or radio is turned off with each press of r TUNE. EJECT: Press to eject a CD. The
with a CD in the player, it will stay in CD can be ejected when the ignition
the player. When a CD is in the BAND: Press to listen to the radio or the radio is turned off.
player and the ignition is in the ON/ while a CD is playing. The CD
remains inside the radio for future INFO/DISP (Information/Display):
RUN position, the radio must be : Press to display additional text
turned on before the CD will start listening.
information related to the current
playing. When the ignition and radio CD/AUX: Press to play a CD when MP3/WMA song. A choice of
are turned on, the CD will start listening to the radio. CD Loading additional information such as: Song
playing where it stopped, if it was appears on the display when the CD Title , Album Title, Artist, Bit rate
the last selected audio source. player has been selected. The CD may appear.
The CD player can play the smaller symbol will appear on the display
8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an when a CD is loaded.
adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the
smaller CDs are loaded in the same
manner.
RPT (Repeat): Press the Using an MP3 The player is able to read and play
pushbutton under the RPT tab on a maximum of 50 folders,
the display to repeat the current MP3/WMA CD-R Disc Format 5 sessions, and 999 files. Long file
track, RPT appears on the display. If you burn your own MP3/WMA names and folder names can use
Press the pushbutton again to stop disc on a personal computer: more disc memory space than
repeat. necessary. To conserve space on
. Make sure the MP3/WMA files
RDM (Random): Press the the disc, minimize the length of the
are recorded on a CD-R disc.
pushbutton below the RDM tab on file and folder names. An MP3/WMA
. Do not mix standard audio and CD that was recorded using no file
the display to play tracks in random,
MP3/WMA files on one disc. folders can also be played. The
rather than sequential order, RDM
appears on the display. Press the . Make sure each MP3/WMA file system can support up to eight
pushbutton again to stop has a .m3u or .wma extension, folders in depth; however, keep the
random play. other file extensions might depth of the folders to a minimum in
not work. order to keep down the complexity
INT (Scan): Press the pushbutton and confusion in trying to locate a
below the INT tab on the display to . Files can be recorded with a particular folder during playback. If a
listen to the first few seconds of variety of fixed or variable bit CD contains more than the
each track on the CD, INTRO rates. Song title, artist name, maximum of 50 folders, 5 sessions,
appears on the display. Press the and album are available for and 999 files, the player lets you
pushbutton again to stop scanning display by the radio when access and navigate up to the
and the current track begins to play. recorded using ID3 tags version maximum, but all items over the
1 and 2. maximum are ignored.
. Make sure to finalize the disc
when burning an MP3/WMA disc
using multiple sessions. It is
usually better to burn the disc all
at once.
Root Directory recorded without folders or playlists. Track names longer than
The root directory is treated as a When displaying the name of the 32 characters or 4 pages are
folder. If the root directory has folder the radio displays ROOT. shortened. Parts of words on the
compressed audio files, the When a CD contains only last page of text and the extension
directory is displayed as ROOT. All compressed audio files, but no of the filename do not display.
files contained directly under the folders, all files are located under Playing an MP3/WMA
root directory are accessed prior to the root folder. When the radio
any other directory. displays the name of the folder, the With the ignition in the ON/RUN
radio displays ROOT. position, insert a CD partway into
Empty Directory or Folder the slot, label side up. The player
If a root directory or a folder exists Order of Play pulls the disc in. The CD should
somewhere in the file structure that Play will begin from the first track begin playing. As each new track
contains only folders/subfolders and under the root directory. When all starts to play, the track number and
no compressed files directly tracks from the root directory have the song name will appear on the
beneath them, the player advances been played, play will continue from display. If the ignition or radio is
to the next folder in the file structure files according to their numerical turned off with a CD in the player, it
that contains compressed audio listing. After playing the last track will stay in the player. When a CD is
files. The empty folder does not from the last folder, the player will in the player and the ignition is
display. begin playing again at the first track turned on, the radio must be turned
of the first folder or root directory. on before the CD will start playback.
No Folder When the ignition and radio are
When a CD contains only File System and Naming turned on, the CD will start playing
compressed files, the files are The song name in the ID3 tag is where it stopped, if it was the last
located under the root folder. The displayed. If the song name is not selected audio source.
next and previous folder function present in the ID3 tag, then the
does not function on a CD that was radio displays the file name without
the extension (such as MP3/WMA)
instead.
The CD player can play the smaller [ TUNE (Next Track): Press the SCROLL (MP3/WMA Mode Only):
8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an up TUNE arrow to go to the next Press the SOUND button for longer
adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the track. The track number displays. than two seconds. The song title or
smaller CDs are loaded in the same The player continues moving other available information of a song
manner. forward through the CD each time scrolls on/off. The offset is scroll on.
Sound quality may be reduced due TUNE is pressed. The scroll mode can be changed
to CD-R quality, the method of only when the SOUND button is
r TUNE (Previous Track): Press pressed for longer than
recording, the quality of the music the down TUNE arrow to go to the
that has been recorded, and the two seconds.
start of the current track. The track
way the CD-R has been handled. number displays. The player CD Player Messages (Radio
DIR (Directory): Press to repeat continues moving backward through with CD, and Radio with
the tracks in the current directory. the CD each time TUNE is pressed. SixDisc CD)
DIR displays. INFO/DISP (Information/Display): CHECK CD: If this message
Press DIR again to repeat the tracks Press to display additional text displays and/or the CD comes out, it
in all of the directories. ALL information related to the current could be for one of the following
displays. MP3/WMA song. A choice of reasons:
additional information such as: Song
Press DIR again to turn off Title, Album Title, and Artist. Bit
. It is very hot. When the
repeat play. Rate might also display. temperature returns to normal,
u SEEK t (Next/Previous the CD should play.
When information is not available,
Folder) (in MP3/WMA Mode): No Info displays.
. The road is very rough. When
Press to change the folder. If CD-R the road becomes smoother, the
does not have any folders, ROOT Press this button for longer than CD should play.
flashes on the display for a two seconds to change
display mode.
. The CD is dirty, scratched, wet,
short time. or upside down.

. The air is very humid. If so, wait
about an hour and try again.
Auxiliary Devices O (Power/Volume): Turn to adjust
the volume. Additional volume
. The infotainment system has a
The format of the CD is not adjustments may have to be made
3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary input jack
compatible. See Using an MP3 from the portable device if the
located on the lower right side of the
earlier in this section. volume is too quiet or too loud.
faceplate. This is not an audio
. There was a problem while output; do not plug headphones into AUX (Auxiliary): Press to listen to
burning the CD. the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary input the radio while a portable audio
. The label is caught in the CD jack. An external audio device such device is playing. Press again and
player. as an iPod, laptop computer, MP3 the system begins playing audio
player, CD changer, etc. can be from the connected portable audio
If the CD is not playing correctly, for connected to the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) player. If a portable audio player is
any other reason, try a known auxiliary input jack for use as not connected, No Aux Input Device
good CD. another audio source. Found may display.
If any error occurs repeatedly or if Drivers are encouraged to set up CD/AUX (Auxiliary): Press to play
an error cannot be corrected, any auxiliary device while the a CD while a portable audio device
contact your dealer. If the radio vehicle is in P (Park). See Defensive is playing. Press CD/AUX a second
displays an error message, write it Driving on page 92 for more time for the system to begin playing
down and provide it to your dealer information on driver distraction. audio from the connected portable
when reporting the problem. audio player. The portable audio
To use a portable audio player,
device continues playing until it is
connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
turned off.
the radio's 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary
input jack. When a device is
connected, press the radio AUX
button to begin playing audio from
the device over the vehicle
speakers.
2 NOTES
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

For vehicles with these climate control systems, the heating, cooling, and
Climate Control Systems ventilation can be controlled for the vehicle.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Climate Control System with Heater and Air Conditioning
A. Temperature Control D. Air Conditioning (A/C)

B. Fan Control E. Recirculation
C. Air Delivery Mode Control F. Rear Window Defogger
8-2 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn

clockwise or counterclockwise to
change the current airflow mode.
Select from the following air delivery
modes:
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
\ (Bi-Level): Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets.
Climate Control System with Heater Only [ (Floor): Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some air directed
A. Temperature Control OFF: Turns the fan off. to the rear outlets. Keep the area
under the front seats clear to allow
B. Fan Control Temperature Control: Turn the flow of air to the rear
C. Air Delivery Mode Control clockwise or counterclockwise to compartment.
increase or decrease the
D. Rear Window Defogger temperature of the air flowing from (Defog): This mode clears
the system. the windows of fog or moisture. Air
E. Outside Air/Recirculation is directed to the windshield,
9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise floor, and side window outlets.
or counterclockwise to increase or When this mode is selected, the
decrease the fan speed. The fan system automatically runs the
must be turned on to run the air air-conditioning. To defog the
conditioning compressor. windows faster, turn the temperature
control to the warmest setting.
1 (Defrost): This mode quickly For quick cool down on hot days, do ? (Recirculation): This mode
clears the windshield of fog or the following: recirculates and helps to quickly
frost. Air is directed to the 1. Open the windows to let hot air cool the air inside the vehicle. It can
windshield and side window outlets. escape. be used to prevent outside air and
When this mode is selected, the odors from entering the vehicle.
system automatically runs the 2. Press ?. For vehicles with a recirculation
air-conditioning. To defrost the 3. Press A/C. button, press the button to turn the
windows faster, turn the temperature recirculation mode on. An indicator
control to the warmest setting. 4. Select the coolest temperature.
light comes on to show that the
Do not drive the vehicle until all the 5. Select the highest 9 speed. recirculation is on. Press the button
windows are clear. again to return to outside air mode.
Using these settings together for
A/C (Air Conditioning): For long periods of time may cause the For vehicles with a lever, move the
vehicles with air conditioning, follow air inside of the vehicle to become lever to choose the
these steps to use the system. Turn too dry. To prevent this from recirculation mode.
9 to the desired speed. The air happening, after the air in the Using the recirculation mode for
conditioning does not operate when vehicle has cooled, turn the extended periods may cause the
the fan control knob is in the off recirculation mode off. windows to fog. If this happens,
position. Press A/C to turn the air select the defrost mode.
The air conditioning system
conditioning on and off. When A/C
removes moisture from the air, so a
is pressed, an indicator light comes
small amount of water might drip
on to show that the air conditioning
under the vehicle while idling or
is on.
after turning off the engine. This is
normal.
: (Outside Air): This mode If the vehicle does not have air Air Vents
brings outside air into the vehicle. conditioning, the rear window
defogger may turn off about To open an outlet, press on its
For vehicles with a recirculation 10 minutes after the button is cover. Turn the cover to change the
button, press the button until the pressed. If it remains on, it can be direction of the airflow.
recirculation mode is turned off. The
vehicle then returns to the outside turned off by pressing < again or Operation Tips
air mode. by turning off the engine. . Clear away any ice, snow or
For vehicles with a lever, move the If the vehicle has air conditioning, leaves from the air inlets at the
lever to choose the outside the rear window defogger turns off base of the windshield that may
air mode. about 10 minutes after the button is block the flow of air into the
pressed. The defogger can also be vehicle.
Rear Window and Outside turned off by turning the engine off. . Use of non-GM approved hood
Mirror Defogger Notice: Do not use anything deflectors may adversely affect
For vehicles with a rear window and sharp on the inside of the rear the performance of the system.
outside mirror defogger, they only window. If you do, you could cut
or damage the warming grid, and
. Keep the path under the front
work when the ignition is turned to
the repairs would not be covered seats clear of objects to help
ON/RUN.
by the vehicle warranty. Do not circulate the air inside of the
The rear window defogger uses a attach a temporary vehicle vehicle more effectively.
warming grid to remove fog or frost license, tape, a decal or anything
from the rear window.
similar to the defogger grid.
< (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to turn the rear window and
outside mirror defogger on or off. An
indicator light comes on to show
that the feature is on.
Maintenance To change the passenger

compartment air filter, use the
following steps:
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
For vehicles with a passenger
compartment air filter, it is located
behind the glove box. It can be
accessed after removing the glove
box from its housing.
Pollen and dust are removed by the
filter. The filter should be replaced 3. Remove the filter cover.
as part of routine scheduled
maintenance. For a replacement
filter see your dealer. See
Scheduled Maintenance on 1. Open the glove box
page 112 for replacement intervals. halfway down.
2. Grip the glove box by both the
upper and lower sides and pull it
out of its housing.
4. Replace the air conditioner filter.

2 NOTES
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and Shifting Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Parking (Manual
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Operating Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Parking Over Things
Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . 9-35
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24 California Fuel
Driving Information Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Engine Exhaust Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-36
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Running the Vehicle While Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Filling a Portable Fuel
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Automatic Transmission Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-25 Towing
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Manual Transmission General Towing
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-29 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-39
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-8 Brakes Conversions and Add-Ons
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Antilock Brake Add-On Electrical
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-11 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Starting and Operating Cruise Control
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-17 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Shifting Into Park (Automatic
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
9-2 Driving and Operating
Driving Information WARNING (Continued)

Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
Defensive Driving Driver distraction can cause
collisions resulting in injury or Alcohol affects four things that
Defensive driving means always anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
expect the unexpected. The first possible death. These simple
defensive driving techniques judgment, muscular coordination,
step in driving defensively is to wear vision, and attentiveness.
your safety belt. See Safety Belts on could save your life.
page 311. Police records show that almost
40 percent of all motor
Drunk Driving vehicle-related deaths involve
{ WARNING alcohol. In most cases, these
Assume that other road users { WARNING deaths are the result of someone
who was drinking and driving.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Drinking and then driving is very In recent years, more than
drivers) are going to be careless dangerous. Your reflexes, 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related
and make mistakes. Anticipate perceptions, attentiveness, and deaths have been associated with
what they might do and be ready. judgment can be affected by even the use of alcohol, with about
In addition: a small amount of alcohol. You 250,000 people injured.
. Allow enough following can have a serious or even For persons under 21, it is against
distance between you and fatal collision if you drive after the law in every U.S. state to drink
the driver in front of you. drinking. Do not drink and drive or alcohol. There are good medical,
. Focus on the task of driving. ride with a driver who has been psychological, and developmental
drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if reasons for these laws.
(Continued)
you are with a group, designate a
The obvious way to eliminate the
driver who will not drink. leading highway safety problem is
for people never to drink alcohol
and then drive.
Medical research shows that alcohol Braking And, of course, actual stopping
in a person's system can make distances vary greatly with the
crash injuries worse, especially See Brake System Warning Light on surface of the road, whether it is
injuries to the brain, spinal cord, page 516. pavement or gravel; the condition of
or heart. This means that Braking action involves perception the road, whether it is wet, dry,
when anyone who has been time and reaction time. Deciding to or icy; tire tread; the condition of the
drinking driver or passenger is push the brake pedal is perception brakes; the weight of the vehicle;
in a crash, that person's chance of time. Actually doing it is and the amount of brake force
being killed or permanently disabled reaction time. applied.
is higher than if the person had not Avoid needless heavy
been drinking. Average reaction time is about
threefourths of a second. But that is braking. Some people drive in
only an average. It might be less spurts heavy acceleration
Control of a Vehicle with one driver and as long as followed by heavy braking rather
The following three systems two or three seconds or more with than keeping pace with traffic. This
help to control the vehicle while another. Age, physical condition, is a mistake. The brakes might not
driving brakes, steering, and alertness, coordination, and have time to cool between hard
accelerator. At times, as when eyesight all play a part. So do stops. The brakes will wear out
driving on snow or ice, it is easy to alcohol, drugs, and frustration. But much faster with a lot of heavy
ask more of those control systems even in threefourths of a second, a braking. Keeping pace with the
than the tires and road can provide. vehicle moving at 100 km/h traffic and allowing realistic following
Meaning, you can lose control of the (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft). That distances eliminates a lot of
vehicle. could be a lot of distance in an unnecessary braking. That means
emergency, so keeping enough better braking and longer brake life.
Adding nondealer accessories can
space between the vehicle and
affect vehicle performance. See
others is important.
Accessories and Modifications on
page 104.
If the engine ever stops while the Steering Tips Steering in Emergencies
vehicle is being driven, brake
It is important to take curves at a There are times when steering can
normally but do not pump the
reasonable speed. be more effective than braking. For
brakes. If the brakes are pumped,
Traction in a curve depends on the example, you come over a hill and
the pedal could get harder to push
condition of the tires and the road find a truck stopped in your lane,
down. If the engine stops, there will
surface, the angle at which the or a car suddenly pulls out from
still be some power brake assist but
curve is banked, and vehicle speed. nowhere, or a child darts out from
it will be used when the brake is
While in a curve, speed is the one between parked cars and stops right
applied. Once the power assist is
factor that can be controlled. in front of you. These problems can
used up, it can take longer to stop
be avoided by braking if you can
and the brake pedal will be harder If there is a need to reduce speed, stop in time. But sometimes you
to push. do it before entering the curve, while cannot stop in time because there is
Adding nondealer accessories can the front wheels are straight. no room. That is the time for
affect vehicle performance. See Try to adjust the speed so you can evasive action steering around
Accessories and Modifications on drive through the curve. Maintain a the problem.
page 104. reasonable, steady speed. Wait to The vehicle can perform very well in
accelerate until out of the curve, and emergencies like these. First apply
Steering then accelerate gently into the the brakes but, unless the vehicle
straightaway. has antilock brakes, not enough to
Power Steering
lock the wheels. See Braking on
If power steering assist is lost page 93. It is better to remove as
because the engine stops or the much speed as possible from a
system is not functioning, the collision. Then steer around the
vehicle can be steered but it will problem, to the left or right
take more effort. depending on the space available.
Off-Road Recovery tire contacts the pavement edge.

Then turn the steering wheel to go
The vehicle's right wheels can drop straight down the roadway.
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Loss of Control
Let us review what driving experts
say about what happens when the
three control systems brakes,
steering, and acceleration do not
have enough friction where the tires
meet the road to do what the driver
has asked.
An emergency like this requires
close attention and a quick decision. In any emergency, do not give up.
If holding the steering wheel at the Keep trying to steer and constantly
recommended 9 and 3 o'clock seek an escape route or area of
positions, it can be turned a full less danger.
180 degrees very quickly without
removing either hand. But you have If the level of the shoulder is only
to act fast, steer quickly, and just as slightly below the pavement,
quickly straighten the wheel once recovery should be fairly easy. Ease
you have avoided the object. off the accelerator and then, if there
is nothing in the way, steer so that
The fact that such emergency the vehicle straddles the edge of the
situations are always possible is a pavement. Turn the steering wheel
good reason to practice defensive 8 to 13 cm (3 to 5 inches), about
driving at all times and wear safety one-eighth turn, until the right front
belts properly.
Skidding Of course, traction is reduced when If the vehicle has the Antilock Brake
water, snow, ice, gravel, or other System (ABS), remember: It helps
In a skid, a driver can lose control of
material is on the road. For safety, avoid only the braking skid. If the
the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid
slow down and adjust your driving to vehicle does not have ABS, then in
most skids by taking reasonable
these conditions. It is important to a braking skid, where the wheels
care suited to existing conditions,
slow down on slippery surfaces are no longer rolling, release
and by not overdriving those
because stopping distance will be enough pressure on the brakes to
conditions. But skids are always
longer and vehicle control more get the wheels rolling again. This
possible.
limited. restores steering control. Push the
The three types of skids correspond brake pedal down steadily when you
While driving on a surface with
to the vehicle's three control have to stop suddenly. As long as
reduced traction, try to avoid
systems. In the braking skid, the the wheels are rolling, you will have
sudden steering, acceleration,
wheels are not rolling. In the steering control.
or braking, including reducing
steering or cornering skid, too much
vehicle speed by shifting to a lower
speed or steering in a curve causes
gear. Any sudden changes could
tires to slip and lose cornering force.
cause the tires to slide. You may not
And in the acceleration skid, too
realize the surface is slippery until
much throttle causes the driving
the vehicle is skidding. Learn to
wheels to spin.
recognize warning clues such as
If the vehicle starts to slide, ease enough water, ice, or packed snow
your foot off the accelerator pedal on the road to make a mirrored
and quickly steer the way you want surface and slow down when you
the vehicle to go. If you start have any doubt.
steering quickly enough, the vehicle
may straighten out. Always be ready
for a second skid if it occurs.
Driving on Wet Roads WARNING (Continued)

Other Rainy Weather Tips
Rain and wet roads can reduce Besides slowing down, other wet
vehicle traction and affect your Flowing or rushing water creates weather driving tips include:
ability to stop and accelerate. strong forces. Driving through . Allow extra following distance.
Always drive slower in these types flowing water could cause your
of driving conditions and avoid
. Pass with caution.
vehicle to be carried away. If this
driving through large puddles and happens, you and other vehicle
. Keep windshield wiping
deepstanding or flowing water. occupants could drown. Do not equipment in good shape.
ignore police warnings and be . Keep the windshield washer fluid
{ WARNING very cautious about trying to drive reservoir filled.
through flowing water. . Have good tires with proper
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a tread depth. See Tires on
quick stop and could cause Hydroplaning page 1042.
pulling to one side. You could Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
. Turn off cruise control.
lose control of the vehicle. can build up under your vehicle's
After driving through a large tires so they actually ride on the
puddle of water or a car/vehicle water. This can happen if the road is
wash, lightly apply the brake wet enough and you are going fast
pedal until the brakes work enough. When your vehicle is
normally. hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
(Continued)
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads

{ WARNING
Always be alert and pay attention to Driving on steep hills or through
your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving If you do not shift down, the
If you become tired or sleepy, find a on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for brakes could get so hot that they
safe place to park your vehicle driving in these conditions include: would not work well. You would
and rest. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in then have poor braking or even
Other driving tips include: good shape. none going down a hill. You could
crash. Shift down to let the engine
. Keep the vehicle well ventilated. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, assist the brakes on a steep
. Keep interior temperature cool. tires, cooling system, and downhill slope.
transmission.
. Keep your eyes moving scan .
the road ahead and to the sides. Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
. Check the rearview mirror and { WARNING
vehicle instruments often.
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. The brakes will have
to do all the work of slowing down
and they could get so hot that
they would not work well. You
would then have poor braking or
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Winter Driving The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
on page 930 improves vehicle
Driving on Snow or Ice stability during hard stops on
even none going down a hill. You slippery roads, but apply the brakes
Drive carefully when there is snow
could crash. Always have the or ice between the tires and the sooner than when on dry pavement.
engine running and the vehicle in road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance on
gear when going downhill. Wet ice can occur at about 0C any slippery road and watch for
(32F) when freezing rain begins to slippery spots. Icy patches can
. Stay in your own lane. Do not fall, resulting in even less traction. occur on otherwise clear roads in
swing wide or cut across the Avoid driving on wet ice or in shaded areas. The surface of a
center of the road. Drive at freezing rain until roads can be curve or an overpass can remain icy
speeds that let you stay in your treated with salt or sand. when the surrounding roads are
own lane. Drive with caution, whatever the clear. Avoid sudden steering
. condition. Accelerate gently so maneuvers and braking while
Top of hills: Be on ice.
alert something could traction is not lost. Accelerating too
be in your lane (stalled car, quickly causes the wheels to spin Turn off cruise control on slippery
accident). and makes the surface under the surfaces.
.
tires slick, so there is even less
Pay attention to special road traction.
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or Try not to break the fragile traction.
no-passing zones) and take If you accelerate too fast, the drive
appropriate action. wheels will spin and polish the
surface under the tires even more.
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the Snow can trap engine exhaust . Open a window about 5 cm
vehicle unless there is help nearby. under the vehicle. This may (2 in) on the side of the
If possible, use the Roadside cause exhaust gases to get vehicle that is away from the
Assistance Program on page 136. inside. Engine exhaust contains wind to bring in fresh air.
To get help and keep everyone in Carbon Monoxide (CO) which
the vehicle safe: cannot be seen or smelled. It can
. Fully open the air outlets on
. Turn on the hazard warning cause unconsciousness and even or under the instrument
flashers. death. panel.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside
. Adjust the climate control
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
system to a setting that
mirror. . Clear away snow from around circulates the air inside the
the base of your vehicle, vehicle and set the fan speed
especially any that is blocking to the highest setting. See
the exhaust pipe. Climate Control System in the
. Check again from time to Index.
time to be sure snow does For more information about
not collect there. carbon monoxide, see Engine
(Continued) Exhaust on page 924.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
To save fuel, run the engine for only If the Vehicle is Stuck
short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine Slowly and cautiously spin the
Snow can trap exhaust gases off and close the window most of wheels to free the vehicle when
under your vehicle. This can the way to save heat. Repeat this stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
cause deadly CO (Carbon until help arrives but only when you If stuck too severely for the traction
Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO feel really uncomfortable from the system to free the vehicle, turn the
could overcome you and kill you. cold. Moving about to keep warm traction system off and use the
You cannot see it or smell it, so also helps. rocking method.
you might not know it is in your If it takes some time for help to
vehicle. Clear away snow from arrive, now and then when you run { WARNING
around the base of your vehicle, the engine, push the accelerator
especially any that is blocking the pedal slightly so the engine runs If the vehicle's tires spin at high
exhaust. faster than the idle speed. This speed, they can explode, and you
keeps the battery charged to restart or others could be injured. The
the vehicle and to signal for help vehicle can overheat, causing an
Run the engine for short periods
with the headlamps. Do this as little engine compartment fire or other
only as needed to keep warm, but
as possible to save fuel. damage. Spin the wheels as little
be careful.
as possible and avoid going
above 55 km/h (35 mph) as
shown on the speedometer.
For information about using tire

chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains on page 1061.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get Vehicle Load Limits

it Out { WARNING
It is very important to know how
Turn the steering wheel left and much weight your vehicle can Do not load the vehicle any
right to clear the area around the carry. This weight is called the heavier than the Gross
front wheels. Turn off any traction Vehicle Weight Rating
vehicle capacity weight or
system. Shift back and forth (GVWR), or either the
between R (Reverse) and a forward maximum load amount and
includes the weight of all maximum front or rear Gross
gear, or with a manual transmission,
between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and occupants, cargo, and all Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
R (Reverse), spinning the wheels as nonfactoryinstalled options. If you do, parts on the vehicle
little as possible. To prevent Two labels on your vehicle show can break, and it can change
transmission wear, wait until the how much weight it may the way the vehicle handles.
wheels stop spinning before shifting properly carry, the Tire and These could cause you to lose
gears. Release the accelerator Loading Information label and control and crash. Also,
pedal while shifting, and press the Certification label. overloading can shorten the
lightly on the accelerator pedal life of the vehicle.
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on
page 1074.
Tire and Loading Information positions (A), and the maximum 2. Determine the combined
Label vehicle capacity weight (B) in weight of the driver and
kilograms and pounds. passengers that will be riding
The Tire and Loading in your vehicle.
Information label also shows the 3. Subtract the combined
tire size of the original weight of the driver and
equipment tires (C) and the passengers from XXX kg or
recommended cold tire inflation XXX lbs.
pressures (D). For more 4. The resulting figure equals
information on tires and inflation
the available amount of cargo
see Tires on page 1042 and
and luggage load capacity.
Tire Pressure on page 1048.
For example, if the XXX
There is also important loading amount equals 1400 lbs and
Label Example information on the Certification there will be five 150 lb
A vehicle-specific Tire and label. See Certification Label passengers in your vehicle,
Loading Information label is later in this section. the amount of available cargo
attached to the vehicle's center Steps for Determining Correct and luggage load capacity is
pillar (Bpillar). With the driver's Load Limit 650 lbs (1400 750 (5 x 150)
door open, you will find the label = 650 lbs).
attached below the door lock 1. Locate the statement The
post (striker). The Tire and combined weight of
Loading Information label shows occupants and cargo should
the number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs on your vehicle's
placard.
5. Determine the combined

weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, the load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how this Example 1 Example 2
reduces the available cargo A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
and luggage load capacity of Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
your vehicle. B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @
Your vehicle is neither designed 68 kg (150 lbs) 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) 5 = 340 kg
nor intended to tow a trailer. (300 lbs) (750 lbs)
C. Available Occupant and Cargo C. Available Cargo Weight =
Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs)
Refer to your vehicle's tire and

loading information label for
specific information about your
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passenger,
and cargo should never exceed
your vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 3 Label Example Canada

A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A vehicle-specific Certification
Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) label is attached to the center
B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ pillar (Bpillar), below the driver
91 kg (200 lbs) 5 = 453 kg door latch. This label tells you
(1,000 lbs) the gross weight capacity of
C. Available Cargo Weight = your vehicle, called the Gross
0 kg (0 lbs) Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
Label Example United States

The GVWR includes the weight

of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel WARNING (Continued) { WARNING
and cargo. Never exceed the control and crash. Also, Things you put inside your
GVWR for your vehicle, or the overloading can shorten the vehicle can strike and injure
Gross Axle Weight Rating life of the vehicle. people in a sudden stop or
(GAWR) for either the front or turn, or in a crash.
rear axle.
Notice : Overloading the . Put things in the cargo
If there is a heavy load, it should vehicle may cause damage. area of your vehicle. Try to
be spread out. See Steps for Repairs would not be covered spread the weight evenly.
Determining Correct Load Limit by the vehicle warranty. Do
earlier in this section.
. Never stack heavier
not overload the vehicle.
things, like suitcases,
If you put things inside your
{ WARNING vehicle like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
Do not load the vehicle any tools, packages, or anything the tops of the seats.
heavier than the Gross else they will go as fast as . Do not leave an
Vehicle Weight Rating the vehicle goes. If you have to
unsecured child restraint
(GVWR), or either the stop or turn quickly, or if there is
in your vehicle.
maximum front or rear Gross a crash, they will keep going.
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). . When you carry something
If you do, parts on the vehicle inside the vehicle, secure
can break, and it can change it whenever you can.
the way the vehicle handles. . Do not leave a seat folded
These could cause you to lose down unless you need to.
(Continued)
Starting and Following breakin, engine speed

and load can be gradually { WARNING
Operating increased.
On manual transmission vehicles,
turning the key to LOCK/OFF will
New Vehicle Break-In Ignition Positions lock the steering column and
Notice: The vehicle does not result in a loss of ability to steer
need an elaborate break-in. But it the vehicle. This could cause a
will perform better in the long run collision. If you need to turn the
if you follow these guidelines: engine off while the vehicle is
. Do not drive at any one moving, turn the key only to ACC/
constant speed, fast or slow, ACCESSORY. Do not push the
for the first 805 km key in while the vehicle is moving.
(500 miles). Do not make
full-throttle starts. Avoid Notice: Using a tool to force the
downshifting to brake or key to turn in the ignition could
slow the vehicle. cause damage to the switch or
. Avoid making hard stops for break the key. Use the correct
the first 322 km (200 miles) or The ignition switch has four different key, make sure it is all the way in,
so. During this time the new positions. and turn it only with your hand.
brake linings are not yet If the key cannot be turned by
broken in. Hard stops with hand, see your dealer.
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
LOCK (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift ON (ON/RUN): This position can
LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is to P (Park) with an automatic be used to operate the electrical
stopped, turn the ignition switch to transmission, or neutral with a accessories, and to display some
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. manual transmission. Turn the instrument panel cluster warning
This position locks the steering ignition to LOCK/OFF. and indicator lights. The switch
wheel, ignition, shift lever and 4. Set the parking brake. See stays in this position when the
transmission. This is the only Parking Brake on page 931 engine is running. If you leave the
position in which you can insert or key in the ACC/ACCESSORY or
The steering can bind with the ON/RUN position with the engine
remove the key. wheels turned off center. If this off, the battery could be drained.
Do not turn the engine off when the happens, move the steering wheel You may not be able to start the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a from right to left while turning the vehicle if the battery is allowed to
loss of power assist in the brake key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this drain for an extended period of time.
and steering systems and disable doesn't work, then the vehicle needs
the airbags. service. START: This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
In an emergency: ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY): This cranks, release the key. The ignition
1. Brake using a firm and steady position operates some of the switch returns to ON/RUN for
pressure. Do not pump the electrical accessories, such as the driving. Do not turn the key to
brakes repeatedly. This may radio, but not the climate control START if the engine is running.
deplete power assist, requiring system.
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This
can be done while the vehicle is
moving. After shifting to neutral,
firmly apply the brakes and steer
the vehicle to a safe location.
Starting the Engine Starting Procedure Notice: Holding the key in START
for longer than 15 seconds at a
Automatic Transmission 1. With your foot off the accelerator
time will cause the battery to be
pedal, turn the ignition to START.
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or drained much sooner. And the
When the engine cranks, let go
N (Neutral). The engine will not start excessive heat can damage the
of the key. The idle speed will go
in any other position. To restart the starter motor. Wait about
down as the engine gets warm.
engine when the vehicle is already 15 seconds between each try to
moving, use N (Neutral) only. The vehicle has a Computer help avoid draining the battery or
Controlled Cranking System. damaging the starter.
Notice: Do not try to shift to It assists in starting the engine
P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. 2. If the engine does not start, wait
and protects components. If the
If you do, you could damage the about 15 seconds and try again.
ignition key is turned to START
transmission. Shift to P (Park) Wait about 15 seconds between
and then released when the
only when the vehicle is stopped. each try.
engine begins cranking, the
engine will continue cranking for When the engine has run about
Manual Transmission a few seconds or until the engine 10 seconds to warm up, the
The shift lever should be in starts. If the engine does not vehicle is ready to be driven. Do
N (Neutral) and the parking brake start and the key is held in not run the engine at high speed
engaged. Hold the clutch pedal to START, cranking will be stopped when it is cold.
the floor and start the engine. The after 15 seconds to prevent If the weather is below freezing
vehicle will not start if the clutch damage. To prevent gear (0C or 32F), let the engine run
pedal is not all the way down. damage, cranking is not allowed for a few minutes to warm up.
if the engine is running. Engine
cranking can be stopped by
turning the ignition key to ACC/
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
3. If the engine still will not start, Engine Heater

or starts but then stops, it could
be flooded with too much The engine heater can provide
gasoline. Try pushing the easier starting and better fuel
accelerator pedal all the way to economy during engine warm-up in
the floor and holding it there as cold weather conditions at or
you hold the key in START for below 18C (0F). Vehicles with an
about three seconds. If the engine heater should be plugged in
vehicle starts briefly but then at least four hours before starting.
stops again, do the same thing, 1. Turn off the engine.
but this time keep the pedal
down for five or six seconds.
This clears the extra gasoline 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
from the engine. electrical cord. The cord is
Notice: The engine is designed to located in the driver side of the
work with the electronics in the engine compartment, near the
vehicle. If electrical parts or battery.
accessories are added, you could
change the way the engine
operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your
dealer. If you do not, the engine
might not perform properly. Any
resulting damage would not be
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded The length of time the heater should 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
110-volt AC outlet. remain plugged in depends on by pressing the button on the
several factors. Ask a dealer in the shift lever and pushing the lever
{ WARNING area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
all the way toward the front of
the vehicle.
Plugging the cord into an 3. Turn the ignition key to
ungrounded outlet could cause an Shifting Into Park LOCK/OFF.
electrical shock. Also, the wrong (Automatic Transmission)
kind of extension cord could 4. Remove the key and take it with
you. If you can leave the vehicle
overheat and cause a fire. You
could be seriously injured. Plug
{ WARNING with the ignition key in your
hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).
the cord into a properly grounded It can be dangerous to get out of
three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. the vehicle if the shift lever is not
If the cord will not reach, use a fully in P (Park) with the parking
heavy-duty three-prong extension brake firmly set. The vehicle can
cord rated for at least 15 amps. roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
4. Before starting the engine, be suddenly. You or others could be
sure to unplug and store the injured. To be sure the vehicle will
cord as it was before to keep it not move, even when you are on
away from moving engine parts. fairly level ground, use the steps
If you do not it could be that follow.
damaged.
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 931 for
more information.
Leaving the Vehicle With the If you have to leave the vehicle with This is called torque lock.
Engine Running (Automatic the engine running, be sure the To prevent torque lock, set the
Transmission) vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking brake and then shift into
parking brake is firmly set before P (Park) properly before you leave
you leave it. After you have moved the driver seat. To find out how, see
{ WARNING the shift lever into P (Park), hold the Shifting Into Park (Automatic
It can be dangerous to leave the brake pedal down. Then see if you Transmission) in this section.
vehicle with the engine running. can move the shift lever away from When you are ready to drive, move
P (Park) without first pushing the the shift lever out of P (Park) before
The vehicle could move suddenly
shift lock release button. If you can, you release the parking brake.
if the shift lever is not fully in it means that the shift lever was not
P (Park) with the parking brake fully locked into P (Park). If torque lock does occur, you may
firmly set. And, if you leave the need to have another vehicle push
vehicle with the engine running, it Torque Lock (Automatic yours a little uphill to take some of
could overheat and even catch Transmission) the pressure from the parking pawl
fire. You or others could be If you are parking on a hill and you in the transmission, so you can pull
injured. Do not leave the vehicle do not shift your transmission into the shift lever out of P (Park).
with the engine running. P (Park) properly, the weight of
the vehicle may put too much
force on the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
Shifting Out of Park Parking (Manual

Vehicles with an automatic Transmission)
transmission have a shift interlock Before leaving the vehicle, do the
system. You have to apply the brake following:
pedal before you can shift from
P (Park) when the ignition is in the 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
ON/RUN position. See Automatic firmly apply the parking brake.
Transmission on page 925. 2. Fully press in the clutch pedal
If you cannot shift out of P (Park) and place the shift lever into the
while holding the brake pedal down, gear position as stated below:
try this: . When parking on level
1. Set the parking brake. 4. Insert the key into the shift lock ground, place the shift lever
slot and press and hold the key. into N (Neutral).
2. Turn the ignition off and remove
the key. 5. Shift to N (Neutral). . When parking downhill,
6. Remove the key from the slot, place the shift lever in
3. Remove the hole cover from the R (Reverse).
shift lock slot by prying it off insert the key into the ignition
using a small, flat object. The and start the engine. . When parking uphill, place
shift lock release slot is located 7. Replace the shift lock release the shift lever in 1 (First).
at the top of the shift lever. slot cover. 3. After shifting, turn the ignition to
8. Apply and hold the brake pedal LOCK/OFF, remove the key and
fully and release the parking release the clutch.
brake.
9. Shift to the gear you want.
10. Have the vehicle fixed as soon
as you can.
Parking Over Things Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued)

That Burn
{ WARNING . There are holes or openings
{ WARNING Engine exhaust contains Carbon
in the vehicle body from
damage or after-market
Things that can burn could touch Monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not
hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed.
vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or
over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is
or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows
with poor ventilation (parking completely down.
garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired
that may block underbody immediately.
airflow or tail pipes).
Never park the vehicle with the
. The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed
sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a
. The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air
due to corrosion or damage. ventilation.
. The vehicles exhaust system
has been modified, damaged
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic

While Parked
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out of
Transmission
It is better not to park with the
engine running. But if you ever have the vehicle if the automatic
to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do
{ WARNING not leave the vehicle when the
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you
area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the
dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others
contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the
which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when
It can cause unconsciousness it is on fairly level ground, always
and even death. Never run the set the parking brake and move If the vehicle has an automatic
engine in an enclosed area that the automatic transmission shift transmission, the shift lever is
has no fresh air ventilation. For lever to P (Park), or the manual located on the console between the
more information, see Engine transmission shift lever to Neutral. seats.
Exhaust on page 924. Movement between certain
Follow the proper steps to be sure positions requires pushing the
the vehicle will not move. If the release button on the front of the
vehicle has an automatic shifter.
transmission, see Shifting Into Park
(Automatic Transmission) on
page 921.
P (Park): This position locks the Ensure that the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to
front wheels. It is the best position P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice or sand without
to use when you start the engine The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If
because the vehicle cannot move transmission shift lock control the Vehicle is Stuck on page 911.
easily. system. You have to apply the brake N (Neutral): In this position, the
pedal before you can shift from engine does not connect with the
{ WARNING P (Park) when the key is in ON/
RUN. If you cannot shift out of
wheels. To restart the engine while
the vehicle is already moving, use
It is dangerous to get out of the P (Park) while holding the brake N (Neutral) only. Also, use
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully pedal down, see Shifting Out of N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
in P (Park) with the parking brake Park on page 923. being towed.
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. R (Reverse): Use this gear to
Do not leave the vehicle when the back up. { WARNING
engine is running unless you When shifting from N (Neutral) to
have to. If you have left the R (Reverse), you need to apply the Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine running, the vehicle can brake pedal and push the release engine is running at high speed is
move suddenly. You or others button on the front of the shifter. dangerous. Unless your foot is
could be injured. To be sure the firmly on the brake pedal, the
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) vehicle could move very rapidly.
vehicle will not move, even when while the vehicle is moving
you are on fairly level ground, You could lose control and hit
forward could damage the
always set the parking brake and people or objects. Do not shift
transmission. The repairs would
move the shift lever to P (Park). not be covered by the vehicle into a drive gear while the engine
See Shifting Into Park (Automatic warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only is running at high speed.
Transmission) on page 921. after the vehicle is stopped.
Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or 2 (Second): This position gives you Notice: Spinning the tires or
N (Neutral) with the engine more power but lower fuel economy. holding the vehicle in one
running at high speed may You can use 2 (Second) on hills. place on a hill using only the
damage the transmission. The It can help control vehicle speed as accelerator pedal may damage
repairs would not be covered by you go down steep mountain roads, the transmission. The repair will
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the while using the brakes off and on. not be covered by the vehicle
engine is not running at high Notice: Do not drive in 2 (Second) warranty. If you are stuck, do not
speed when shifting the vehicle. at speeds over 105 km/h (65 mph), spin the tires. When stopping on
D4 (Automatic Overdrive): This or you can damage the a hill, use the brakes to hold the
position is for normal driving. transmission. Use D4 (Automatic vehicle in place.
When operating the vehicle in Overdrive) as much as possible. If there is a malfunction with the
severe cold conditions, the Do not shift into 2 (Second) automatic transmission, the
transmission may be prevented from unless you are going slower than malfunction indicator lamp or the
shifting into D4 gear until the 105 km/h (65 mph) or you can HOLD indicator light will turn on or
transmission fluid has warmed up to damage the engine. flash. See Malfunction Indicator
its operational temperature. 1 (First): This position gives you Lamp on page 514.
Notice: If the vehicle seems to even more power but lower fuel Have the vehicle fixed as soon as
start up rather slowly or not shift economy than 2 (Second). You can possible.
gears when you go faster, and use it on very steep hills, or in deep
you continue to drive the vehicle snow or mud. If the shift lever is put
that way, you could damage the in 1 (First), the transmission will not
transmission. Have the vehicle shift into first gear until the vehicle is
serviced right away. You can going slowly enough.
drive in 2 (Second) when you are
driving less than 55 km/h (35 mph)
and D4 (Automatic Overdrive) for
higher speeds until then.
Hold Mode When Hold Mode is activated, the When Hold Mode is selected in
transmission runs as follows: 2 (Second), the transmission will
If the vehicle's transmission has
Selector Lever start in 2 (Second) gear instead of
Hold Mode, you can select this
Position Gear Range 1 (First), helping to reduce wheel
mode to allow the automatic
spin when starting out on slippery
transmission to stay in a specific D4 Third Gear surfaces such as snow, mud, or ice.
gear range.
2 Second Gear Since selecting Hold Mode in
1 First Gear D4 (Drive) locks the transmission in
3 (Third), and prevents downshifts to
See Hold Mode Light on page 518. 2 (Second) or 1 (First), acceleration
from a stop or near stop on dry
When Hold Mode is selected in pavement will be slower than
D4 (Drive), the transmission is held expected. Hold Mode should not be
in 3 (Third) gear, which locks out selected during these situations.
D4 (Drive). This allows for engine
braking when slowing from higher
speeds.
Press the HOLD button on the shift

lever console to turn on Hold Mode.
The HOLD light on the instrument
panel cluster will turn on. Press the
button again to turn off Hold Mode,
and return to normal automatic
transmission operation.
Manual Transmission N (Neutral) and let up on the clutch. R (Reverse): To back up, press
Press the clutch pedal back down. down the clutch pedal, lift up the
Five-Speed Then shift into 1 (First). ring on the shift lever and shift into
2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch
as you let up on the accelerator pedal slowly while pressing the
pedal and shift into 2 (Second). accelerator pedal.
Then, slowly let up on the clutch Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
pedal as you press the accelerator while the vehicle is moving
pedal. forward could damage the
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and 5 (Fifth): transmission. The repairs would
Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and not be covered by the vehicle
5 (Fifth) the same way you do for warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only
2 (Second). Slowly let up on the after the vehicle is stopped.
clutch pedal as you press the Also, use R (Reverse), along with
accelerator pedal. the parking brake, for parking the
To stop, let up on the accelerator vehicle.
This is your shift pattern.
pedal and press the brake pedal. Shift Speeds
1 (First): Press the clutch pedal Just before the vehicle stops, press
and shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly the clutch pedal and the brake
let up on the clutch pedal as you pedal, and shift to N (Neutral). { WARNING
press the accelerator pedal.
N (Neutral): Use this position when If you skip a gear when you
You can shift into 1 (First) when you you start or idle the engine. downshift, you could lose control
are going less than 32 km/h of the vehicle. You could injure
(20 mph). If you have come to a yourself or others. Do not shift
complete stop and it is hard to shift down more than one gear at a
into 1 (First), put the shift lever in
time when you downshift.
UpShift Light Brakes Let us say the road is wet and you
are driving safely. Suddenly, an
animal jumps out in front of you.
Antilock Brake You slam on the brakes and
System (ABS) continue braking. Here is what
happens with ABS:
The vehicle might have the Antilock
Brake System (ABS), an advanced A computer senses that the wheels
electronic braking system that helps are slowing down. If one of the
Vehicles equipped with a manual prevent a braking skid. wheels is about to stop rolling, the
transmission may have an up-shift computer will separately work the
light. This light indicates when to brakes at each wheel.
shift to the next higher gear for
better fuel economy. ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
For the best fuel economy, than any driver could. This can help
accelerate slowly and shift when the the driver steer around the obstacle
light comes on, and if the weather, while braking hard.
road, and traffic conditions allow. If the vehicle has ABS, this warning
light comes on briefly when the As the brakes are applied, the
It is normal for the light to go on and computer keeps receiving updates
vehicle is started.
off if the accelerator position on wheel speed and controls
changes quickly. Ignore the light The warning light is on the braking pressure accordingly.
during downshifts. instrument panel cluster. See
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light on page 517.
Remember: ABS does not change the wrong thing to do. The wheels Parking Brake
the time needed to get a foot up to can stop rolling. Once they do, the
the brake pedal or always decrease vehicle cannot respond to the
stopping distance. If you get too driver's steering. Momentum will
close to the vehicle in front of you, carry it in whatever direction it was
there will not be enough time to headed when the wheels stopped
apply the brakes if that vehicle rolling. That could be off the road,
suddenly slows or stops. Always into the very thing the driver was
leave enough room up ahead to trying to avoid, or into traffic.
stop, even with ABS. If the vehicle does not have ABS,
Using ABS use a squeeze braking technique.
This gives maximum braking while
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold maintaining steering control. Do this
the brake pedal down firmly and let by pushing on the brake pedal with
antilock work. You might feel a slight steadily increasing pressure. In an
brake pedal pulsation or hear some The parking brake lever is located
emergency, you will probably want between the bucket seats.
noise, but this is normal. to squeeze the brakes hard without
locking the wheels. If you hear or To set the parking brake, hold the
Braking in Emergencies brake pedal down and pull up on the
feel the wheels sliding, ease off the
At some time, nearly every driver brake pedal. This helps retain parking brake lever. If the ignition is
gets into a situation that requires steering control. on, the brake system warning light
hard braking. will come on. See Brake System
In many emergencies, steering can Warning Light on page 516.
If the vehicle has ABS, it allows the help more than even the very best
driver to steer and brake at the braking.
same time. However, if the vehicle
does not have ABS, the first
reaction to hit the brake pedal
hard and hold it down might be
To release the parking brake, hold Cruise Control

the brake pedal down. Pull the
parking brake lever up until you can For vehicles with cruise control, a
press the release button. Hold the speed of about 39 km/h (24 mph) or
release button in as you move the more can be maintained without
brake lever all the way down. keeping your foot on the
accelerator. Cruise control does not
Notice: Driving with the parking
work at speeds below 39 km/h
brake on can overheat the brake
(24 mph).
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake system When the brakes are applied, or the
parts. Make sure that the parking clutch pedal if you have a manual
brake is fully released and the transmission, the cruise control
brake warning light is off before turns off. The cruise control buttons are
driving. located on the right side of the
{ WARNING steering wheel.
I / O (On/Off): Press to turn the
Cruise control can be dangerous cruise control on or off.
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. So, do not use RES+ (Resume/Accelerate):
the cruise control on winding Press briefly to make the vehicle
resume to a previously set speed,
roads or in heavy traffic.
or press and hold to accelerate.
Cruise control can be dangerous SET (Set/Coast): Press to set the
on slippery roads. On such roads, speed and activate cruise control or
fast changes in tire traction can make the vehicle decelerate.
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
Setting Cruise Control Resuming a Set Speed Increasing Speed While Using
If the cruise button is on when not in If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control
use, it could get bumped and go into desired speed and then the brakes If the cruise control system is
cruise when not desired. Keep the are applied, or the clutch pedal if already activated,
cruise control switch off when cruise you have a manual transmission, . Press and hold the RES+ button
is not being used. the cruise control is disengaged on the steering wheel until the
The cruise control light on the without erasing the set speed from desired speed is reached, then
instrument panel cluster will come memory. release it.
on after the cruise control has been Once the vehicle speed reaches . To increase the vehicle speed in
set to the desired speed. about 39 km/h (24 mph) or more, small amounts, press the RES+
press the RES+ button on the button. Each time this is done,
1. Press I / O to turn cruise steering wheel. The vehicle returns
control on. the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
to the previous set speed and stays (1 mph) faster.
2. Accelerate to the speed desired. there.
The accelerate feature only works
3. Press the SET button and If the RES+ button is held, the after the cruise control is turned on
release it. vehicle speed will continue to by pressing the SET button.
increase until the button is released
4. Take your foot off the accelerate or the brake pedal is applied. Do not
pedal. hold in the RES+ button, unless you
want the vehicle to go faster.
Reducing Speed While Using accelerator pedal to maintain the Fuel

Cruise Control vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or Use of the recommended fuel is
If the cruise control system is
shift to a lower gear to keep the an important part of the proper
already activated,
vehicle speed down. When the maintenance of this vehicle. To help
. Press the SET button until the brakes are applied the cruise control keep the engine clean and maintain
lower speed desired is reached, turns off. optimum vehicle performance, we
then release it. recommend the use of gasoline
Ending Cruise Control advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
. To slow down in small amounts,
briefly press the SET button. There are two ways to end cruise Gasoline.
Each time this is done, the control: Look for the TOP TIER label on the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h . Step lightly on the brake pedal, fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
(1 mph) slower. or press the clutch pedal, if you enhanced detergency standards
have a manual transmission. developed by auto companies. A list
Passing Another Vehicle While
of marketers providing TOP TIER
Using Cruise Control . Press I / O on the cruise Detergent Gasoline can be found at
Use the accelerator pedal to control pad. www.toptiergas.com.
increase the vehicle speed. When
Erasing Speed Memory
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the The cruise control set speed is
previous set cruise speed. erased from memory by pressing
the I / O button or if the ignition
Using Cruise Control on Hills
is turned off.
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
Recommended Fuel California Fuel

Use regular unleaded gasoline with Requirements
a posted octane rating of 87 or If the vehicle is certified to meet
higher. If the octane rating is less California Emissions Standards, it is
than 87, an audible knocking noise, designed to operate on fuels that
commonly referred to as spark meet California specifications. See
knock, might be heard when driving. the underhood emission control
If this occurs, use a gasoline rated label. If this fuel is not available in
at 87 octane or higher as soon as states adopting California emissions
possible. If heavy knocking is heard standards, the vehicle will operate
when using gasoline rated at satisfactorily on fuels meeting
87 octane or higher, the engine federal specifications, but emission
needs service. control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
Gasoline Specifications indicator lamp could turn on and the
At a minimum, gasoline vehicle might fail a smogcheck test.
should meet ASTM specification See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
D 4814 in the United States or page 514. If this occurs, return to
CAN/CGSB3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. your authorized dealer for diagnosis.
Some gasolines contain an If it is determined that the condition
octane-enhancing additive called is caused by the type of fuel used,
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese repairs might not be covered by the
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend vehicle warranty.
against the use of gasolines
containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
on page 936 for additional
information.
Fuels in Foreign Fuel Additives For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
Countries To provide cleaner air, all gasolines one bottle of GM Fuel System
If you plan on driving in another in the United States are now Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel
country outside the United States or required to contain additives that tank at every engine oil change, can
Canada, the proper fuel might be help prevent engine and fuel system help clean deposits from fuel
hard to find. Never use leaded deposits from forming, allowing the injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel
gasoline or any other fuel not emission control system to work System Treatment PLUS is the only
recommended in the previous text properly. In most cases, nothing gasoline additive recommended by
on fuel. Costly repairs caused by should have to be added to the fuel. General Motors. It is available at
use of improper fuel would not be However, some gasolines contain your dealer.
covered by the vehicle warranty. only the minimum amount of
additive required to meet U.S. Gasolines containing oxygenates,
To check the fuel availability, ask an Environmental Protection Agency such as ethers and ethanol, and
auto club, or contact a major oil regulations. To help keep fuel reformulated gasolines might be
company that does business in the injectors and intake valves clean, available in your area. We
country where you will be driving. or if the vehicle experiences recommend that you use these
problems due to dirty injectors or gasolines, if they comply with the
valves, look for gasoline that is specifications described earlier.
advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline. Look for the TOP TIER
label on the fuel pump to ensure
gasoline meets enhanced
detergency standards developed by
the auto companies. A list of
marketers providing TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and malfunction indicator lamp might

other fuels containing more than turn on. If this occurs, return to your
10% ethanol must not be used in dealer for service.
vehicles that were not designed for
those fuels. Filling the Tank
Notice: This vehicle was not
designed for fuel that contains { WARNING
methanol. Do not use fuel
containing methanol. It can Fuel vapor burns violently and a
corrode metal parts in the fuel fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
system and also damage plastic To help avoid injuries to you and
and rubber parts. That damage others, read and follow all the
would not be covered under the instructions on the fuel pump To open the fuel filler door, pull up
vehicle warranty. island. Turn off the engine when on the release lever with this symbol
refueling. Do not smoke near fuel on it. It is located on the floor on the
Some gasolines that are
or when refueling the vehicle. Do outboard side of the driver seat.
not reformulated for low
emissions can contain an not use cellular phones. Keep
octane-enhancing additive called sparks, flames, and smoking
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese materials away from fuel. Do not
tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant leave the fuel pump unattended
where you buy gasoline whether the when refueling the vehicle. This is
fuel contains MMT. We recommend against the law in some places.
against the use of such gasolines. Do not re-enter the vehicle while
Fuels containing MMT can reduce pumping fuel. Keep children away
the life of spark plugs and the from the fuel pump; never let
performance of the emission control children pump fuel.
system could be affected. The
allow fuel to evaporate into the

{ WARNING atmosphere. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 514.
Fuel can spray out on you if you
open the fuel cap too quickly.
If you spill fuel and then { WARNING
something ignites it, you could be If a fire starts while you are
badly burned. This spray can refueling, do not remove the
happen if the tank is nearly full, nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
and is more likely in hot weather. shutting off the pump or by
Open the fuel cap slowly and wait notifying the station attendant.
for any hiss noise to stop. Then Leave the area immediately.
Hatchback Shown. Sedan Similar unscrew the cap all the way.
The tethered fuel cap is located Notice: If a new fuel cap is
behind a hinged fuel door on the Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not needed, be sure to get the right
passenger side of the vehicle. top off or overfill the tank. Wait a type of cap from your dealer. The
few seconds after you have finished wrong type fuel cap might not fit
To remove the fuel cap, turn it pumping before removing the
slowly counterclockwise. The fuel properly, might cause the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted malfunction indicator lamp to
cap has a spring in it; if the cap is surfaces as soon as possible. See
released too soon, it will spring back light, and could damage the fuel
Washing the Vehicle in Exterior tank and emissions system. See
to the right. Care on page 1076. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it page 514.
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing

Container
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact General Towing
{ WARNING with the inside of the fill Information
opening before operating the
Never fill a portable fuel container The vehicle is neither designed nor
nozzle. Contact should be intended to tow a trailer.
while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is
electricity discharge from the complete.
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You can be badly burned
. Do not smoke while
and the vehicle damaged if this pumping fuel.
occurs. To help avoid injury to you . Do not use a cellular phone
and others: while pumping fuel.
. Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
. Do not fill a container while it
is inside a vehicle, in a
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
or on any surface other than
the ground.
(Continued)
Conversions and The vehicle has an airbag system.

Before attempting to add anything
Add-Ons electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Add-On Electrical Vehicle on page 336 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Equipment Vehicle on page 336.
Notice: Do not add anything
electrical to the vehicle unless
you check with your dealer first.
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle and the
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty. Some
add-on electrical equipment can
keep other components from
working as they should.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Vehicle Care 10-1
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-23

Vehicle Care Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL)
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 (Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Center High-Mounted
General Information Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27 Stoplamp (CHMSL)
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-28 (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-35
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Lock Control Function Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-35
California Perchlorate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Ignition Transmission Lock Electrical System
Accessories and Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Electrical System
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Park Brake and P (Park) Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-29 Fuses and Circuit
Vehicle Checks Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Doing Your Own Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Engine Compartment Fuse
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Headlamp Aiming Instrument Panel Fuse
Engine Compartment Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9 Bulb Replacement Wheels and Tires
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Automatic Transmission Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-42
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Manual Transmission Front Turn Signal, Tire Terminology and
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Sidemarker, and Parking Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-16 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tire Pressure Monitor
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Sidemarker, Stoplamps, System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . 10-33
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-21
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Towing
When It Is Time for New Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55 Recreational Vehicle
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Different Size Tires and Appearance Care
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Uniform Tire Quality
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-69
Vehicle Care 10-3
General Information California Proposition California Perchlorate

For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Materials Requirements
your dealer. You will receive Most motor vehicles, including this Certain types of automotive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained one, contain and/or emit chemicals applications, such as airbag
and supported service people. known to the State of California to initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
Genuine GM parts have one of cause cancer and birth defects or and lithium batteries contained in
these marks: other reproductive harm. Engine remote keyless transmitters, may
exhaust, many parts and systems, contain perchlorate materials.
many fluids, and some component Special handling may be necessary.
wear by-products contain and/or For additional information, see
emit these chemicals. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
10-4 Vehicle Care
Accessories and Damage to vehicle components GM Accessories are designed to

resulting from the installation or use complement and function with other
Modifications of nonGM certified parts, including systems on the vehicle. Your GM
Adding nondealer accessories to control module modifications, is not dealer can accessorize the vehicle
the vehicle can affect vehicle covered under the terms of the using genuine GM Accessories.
performance and safety, including vehicle warranty and may affect When you go to your GM dealer and
such things as airbags, braking, remaining warranty coverage for ask for GM Accessories, you will
stability, ride and handling, affected parts. know that GM-trained and
emissions systems, aerodynamics, supported service technicians will
durability, and electronic systems perform the work using genuine GM
like antilock brakes, traction control, Accessories.
and stability control. Some of these Also, see Adding Equipment to the
accessories could even cause Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
malfunction or damage not covered page 336.
by the vehicle warranty.
Vehicle Care 10-5
Vehicle Checks WARNING (Continued)

This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Doing Your Own . Be sure to use the proper Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
Service Work nuts, bolts, and other page 336.
fasteners. English and metric Keep a record with all parts receipts
{ WARNING fasteners can be easily
confused. If the wrong
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
You can be injured and the fasteners are used, parts can Maintenance Records on page 119.
vehicle could be damaged if you later break or fall off. You
try to do service work on a vehicle could be hurt.
without knowing enough about it.
. Be sure you have sufficient If doing some of your own service
knowledge, experience, the work, use the proper service
proper replacement parts, manual. It tells you much more
and tools before attempting about how to service the vehicle
any vehicle than this manual can. To order the
maintenance task. proper service manual, see Service
(Continued) Publications Ordering Information
on page 1312.
10-6 Vehicle Care
Hood
To open the hood:
2. At the front of the vehicle, lift up 3. Lift the hood and release the
on the secondary hood release hood prop from its retainer,
lever, located under the front located on the underside of the
center of the hood. hood. Securely place the hood
1. Pull the hood release handle
prop into the slot on the inner
inside the vehicle. It is located
fender.
on the lower left side of the
instrument panel.
Vehicle Care 10-7
To close the hood: 2. Lower the hood 30 cm

(12 inches) above the vehicle
and release it so it fully latches.
Check to make sure the hood is
closed and repeat the process if
necessary.
1. Before closing the hood, be sure

all the filler caps are on properly.
Then, lift the hood to relieve
pressure on the hood prop.
Remove the hood prop from the
slot in the inner fender and
return the prop to its retainer.
The prop rod must click into
place when returning it to the
retainer to prevent hood
damage.
10-8 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
Automatic Transmission Shown, Manual Transmission Similar

Vehicle Care 10-9
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on G. Windshield Washer Fluid

. Check the engine oil level
page 1016. Reservoir. See Adding Washer regularly and maintain the
Fluid under Washer Fluid on proper oil level. See Checking
B. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See When Engine Oil and When to Add
to Add Engine Oil under page 1024.
Engine Oil.
Engine Oil on page 109. H. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Checking Engine Oil under
. Change the engine oil at the
C. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. appropriate time. See Engine Oil
See Brake Fluid under Brakes Engine Oil on page 109.
Life System on page 1012.
on page 1024 and Hydraulic I. Automatic Transmission
Clutch on page 1015. Dipstick. See Automatic
. Always dispose of engine oil
Transmission Fluid on properly. See What to Do With
D. Engine Coolant Surge Tank. Used Oil.
See Cooling System on page 1013.
page 1017. J. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir.
E. Engine Compartment Fuse See Power Steering Fluid on
Block on page 1037. page 1023.
F. Battery on page 1027. Engine Oil

To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful If the engine oil pressure light
attention must be paid to engine oil. comes on, check the engine oil level
Following these simple, but right away. The oil pressure light is
important steps will help protect on the instrument panel cluster. See
your investment: Engine Oil Pressure Light on
page 518. Check the engine oil
. Always use engine oil approved level regularly; this is an added
to the proper specification and of reminder.
the proper viscosity grade. See
Selecting the Right Engine Oil.
10-10 Vehicle Care
Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
It is a good idea to check the engine
range. Push the dipstick all the way
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
back in when through.
get an accurate reading, the oil
must be warm and the vehicle must Selecting the Right Engine Oil
be on level ground. The engine oil
dipstick handle is a yellow loop. See Selecting the right engine oil
Engine Compartment Overview on depends on both the proper oil
page 108 for the location of the If the oil is below the MIN specification and viscosity grade:
engine oil dipstick. (minimum) mark on the dipstick, add Specification
one liter/quart of the recommended
1. If the engine has been running Use and ask for engine oils with the
oil and then recheck the level. See
recently, turn off the engine and dexos certification mark. Oils
Selecting the Right Engine Oil for
allow several minutes for the oil meeting the requirements of your
an explanation of what kind of oil to
to drain back into the oil pan. vehicle should have the dexos
use. For engine oil crankcase
Checking your oil level too soon certification mark on the container.
capacity, see Capacities and
after engine shut off will not This certification mark indicates that
Specifications on page 122.
provide an accurate oil level the oil has been approved to the
reading. Notice: Do not add too much oil. dexos specification.
If the engine has so much oil that
2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it
the oil level gets above the upper
with a paper towel or cloth, then
mark that shows the proper
push it back in all the way.
operating range, the engine could
Remove it again, keeping the tip
be damaged.
down, and check the level.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 108 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
Vehicle Care 10-11
Use of Substitute Engine Oils if

dexos is unavailable: In the event
that dexos approved engine oil is
not available at an oil change or for
maintaining proper oil level, you
may use substitute engine oil
Notice: Use only engine oil that is displaying the API Starburst symbol
approved to the dexos and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade.
specification or an equivalent Use of oils that do not meet the
engine oil of the appropriate dexos specification, however, may
viscosity grade. Engine oils result in reduced performance under
approved to the dexos certain circumstances.
specification will show the
Viscosity Grade
dexos symbol on the container.
Failure to use the recommended SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
engine oil or equivalent can result grade for the vehicle. Do not use
in engine damage not covered by other viscosity oils such as
the vehicle warranty. If you are SAE 10W30, 10W40, or 20W-50.
unsure whether your oil is
approved to the dexos
specification, ask your service
provider.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an

area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below 29C
(20F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should
10-12 Vehicle Care
be used. An oil of this viscosity What to Do with Used Oil Engine Oil Life System
grade will provide easier cold
Used engine oil contains certain When to Change Engine Oil
starting for the engine at extremely
elements that can be unhealthy for
low temperatures. When selecting This vehicle has the Engine Oil Life
your skin and could even cause
an oil of the appropriate viscosity System, a computer system that
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
grade, be sure to always select an indicates when to change the
your skin for very long. Clean your
oil that meets the required engine oil and filter. This is based
skin and nails with soap and water,
specification, dexos. See on engine revolutions and engine
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
Specification for more information. temperature, and not on mileage.
properly dispose of clothing or rags
Engine Oil Additives/Engine containing used engine oil. See the Based on driving conditions, the
Oil Flushes manufacturer's warnings about the mileage at which an oil change is
use and disposal of oil products. indicated can vary considerably. For
Do not add anything to the oil. The the oil life system to work properly,
recommended oils with the dexos Used oil can be a threat to the
the system must be reset every time
specification and displaying the environment. If you change your the oil is changed.
dexos certification mark are all own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
that is needed for good performance from the filter before disposal. Never When the system has calculated
and engine protection. dispose of oil by putting it in the that oil life has been diminished, it
trash or pouring it on the ground, indicates that an oil change is
Engine oil system flushes are not into sewers, or into streams or necessary. A change engine oil light
recommended and could cause bodies of water. Recycle it by taking displays. Change the oil as soon as
engine damage not covered by the it to a place that collects used oil. possible within the next 1 000 km
vehicle warranty. (600 miles). It is possible that,
if driving under the best conditions,
the oil life system might indicate that
an oil change is not necessary for
up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and, at this time, the system
Vehicle Care 10-13
must be reset. Your dealer has If the change engine oil light comes Notice: Too much or too
trained service people who will back on when the vehicle is started, little fluid can damage the
perform this work and reset the the engine oil life system has not transmission. Too much can
system. It is also important to check reset. Repeat the procedure. mean that some of the fluid could
the oil regularly over the course of come out and fall on hot engine
an oil drain interval and keep it at Automatic Transmission parts or exhaust system parts,
the proper level. starting a fire. Too little fluid
Fluid could cause the transmission to
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be When to Check Automatic overheat. Be sure to get an
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 miles) Transmission Fluid accurate reading if checking the
since the last oil change. transmission fluid.
Check the automatic transmission
Remember to reset the oil life fluid level at least twice a year. Add Wait at least 30 minutes before
system whenever the oil is changed. fluid if needed. See Scheduled checking the transmission fluid level
Maintenance on page 112. if the vehicle has been driven:
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
. When outside temperatures are
How to Check Automatic above 32C (90F).
Reset the system whenever the Transmission Fluid
engine oil is changed so that the
. At high speed for quite a while.
Because this operation can be a
system can calculate the next little difficult, it may be decided to
. In heavy traffic especially in
engine oil change. To reset the have this done at the dealer service hot weather.
system: department. To get the right reading, the fluid
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, If not taken to the dealer, be sure to should be at normal operating
with the engine off. follow all the instructions here, or a temperature, which is 70C to 80C
2. Fully press and release the false reading on the dipstick could (158F to 176F).
accelerator pedal three times result.
within five seconds.
3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
10-14 Vehicle Care
Get the vehicle warmed up by Then, without shutting off the 5. If the fluid level is in the
driving about 24 km (15 miles) when engine, follow these steps: acceptable range, push the
outside temperatures are above 1. Locate the automatic dipstick back in all the way.
10C (50F). If it is colder than 10C transmission dipstick which is
(50F), you may have to drive How to Add Automatic
located toward the front of the Transmission Fluid
longer. engine compartment, near the
Checking the Fluid Level power steering fluid reservoir. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
to determine what kind of
Prepare the vehicle as follows: See Engine Compartment transmission fluid to use. See
Overview on page 108 for more Recommended Fluids and
1. Park the vehicle on a level information on location.
place. Keep the engine running. Lubricants on page 116.
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it If the fluid level is low, add only
2. With the parking brake applied, with a clean rag or paper towel.
place the shift lever in P (Park). enough of the proper fluid to bring
3. Push the dipstick back in all the the level into the area between the
3. With your foot on the brake way, wait three seconds, and two dimples in the hot range on the
pedal, move the shift lever then pull it back out again. dipstick.
through each gear range,
pausing for about three seconds 1. Pull out the dipstick.
in each range. Then, position the 2. Using a long-neck funnel, add
shift lever in P (Park). enough fluid at the dipstick hole
4. Let the engine run at idle for to bring it to the proper level.
three to five minutes. It does not take much fluid,
generally less than 0.5 L (1 pint).
4. Check both sides of the dipstick. Do not overfill.
The fluid should be between the
MIN (A) and MAX (B) mark of
the hot area of the dipstick.
Vehicle Care 10-15
Notice: Use of the incorrect Recommended Fluids and How to Check and Add Fluid
automatic transmission fluid may Lubricants on page 116 for the
The reservoir is located near the
damage the vehicle, and the proper fluid to use.
back of the engine compartment on
damages may not be covered by
the driver side of the vehicle. See
the vehicle's warranty. Always Hydraulic Clutch Engine Compartment Overview on
use the automatic transmission
There is one reservoir for both the page 108 for more information on
fluid listed in Recommended
brake and the hydraulic clutch fluid. location.
Fluids and Lubricants on
page 116. See Brakes on page 1024 for more
information.
3. After adding fluid, recheck the
fluid level as described under The hydraulic clutch linkage in the
How to Check Automatic vehicle is self-adjusting. The master
Transmission Fluid earlier in cylinder reservoir is filled with
this section. hydraulic fluid.
4. When the correct fluid level is A fluid loss in this system could
obtained, push the dipstick back indicate a problem. Have the
in all the way. system inspected and repaired.
When to Check and What
Manual Transmission to Use
Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule To check the fluid level, look on the
It is not necessary to check the to determine how often to check the side of the reservoir. If the fluid
manual transmission fluid level. fluid level in the master cylinder reaches the MAX (A) mark on the
A transmission fluid leak is the only reservoir and for the proper fluid. reservoir, the fluid level is correct.
reason for fluid loss. If a leak See Scheduled Maintenance on If the fluid does not reach the
occurs, take the vehicle to the page 112 and Recommended MIN (B) mark on the reservoir, then
dealer service department and have Fluids and Lubricants on page 116. fluid needs to be added.
it repaired as soon as possible. See
10-16 Vehicle Care
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter release loose dust and dirt. If the

filter remains caked with dirt, a new { WARNING
The engine air cleaner/filter is filter is required.
located in the engine compartment Operating the engine with the air
on the passenger side of the To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ cleaner/filter off can cause you or
vehicle. See Engine Compartment filter: others to be burned. The air
Overview on page 108 for more cleaner not only cleans the air; it
information on location. helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
When to Inspect the Engine Air
working on the engine and do not
Cleaner/Filter drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
and replace it at the first oil change
off, dirt can easily get into the
after each 80 000 km (50,000 mile)
engine, which could damage it.
interval. See Scheduled
Always have the air cleaner/filter
Maintenance on page 112 for more
in place when you are driving.
information. If you are driving in
dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the
filter at each engine oil change. 1. Remove the screws and lift off
the cover.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
2. Inspect or replace the engine air
Cleaner/Filter
cleaner/filter.
To inspect the engine air cleaner/
3. Put the cover back on tightly and
filter, remove the filter from the
tighten the screws.
vehicle and lightly shake the filter to
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 112 for replacement intervals.
Vehicle Care 10-17
Cooling System Notice: Using coolant other than

{ WARNING DEXCOOL can cause premature
The cooling system allows the engine, heater core, or radiator
engine to maintain the correct An electric engine cooling fan corrosion. In addition, the engine
working temperature. under the hood can start up even coolant may require changing
when the engine is not running sooner, at the first maintenance
and can cause injury. Keep service after each 30,000 miles
hands, clothing, and tools away (50 000 km) or 24 months,
from any underhood electric fan. whichever occurs first. Any
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Always use
DEXCOOL (silicatefree) coolant
{ WARNING in the vehicle.
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
A. Electric Engine Cooling Fan Do not run the engine if there is a
(Out of View) leak. If you run the engine, it
B. Coolant Surge Tank with could lose all coolant. That could
Pressure Cap cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
10-18 Vehicle Care
Engine Coolant What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,

drinkable water and DEX-COOL
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL engine { WARNING coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
coolant. This coolant is designed to This mixture:
Adding only plain water or some
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first. can be dangerous. Plain water to 37C (34F), outside
and other liquids, can boil before temperature.
The following explains the cooling the proper coolant mixture will.
system and how to check and add
. Gives boiling protection up to
The vehicle's coolant warning 129C (265F), engine
coolant when it is low. If there is a system is set for the proper
problem with engine overheating, temperature.
coolant mixture. With plain water
see Engine Overheating on or the wrong mixture, the engine
. Protects against rust and
page 1021. corrosion.
could get too hot but you would
not get the overheat warning. The . Will not damage aluminum parts.
engine could catch fire and you or . Helps keep the proper engine
others could be burned. Use a temperature.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant
mixture is used, the engine could
overheat and be badly damaged.
The repair cost would not be
Too much water in the mixture
can freeze and crack the engine,
radiator, heater core, and other
parts.
Vehicle Care 10-19
Notice: If extra inhibitors and/or cool before this is done. See Engine
additives are used in the vehicle's Coolant on page 1018 for more { WARNING
cooling system, the vehicle could information.
be damaged. Use only the proper Turning the surge tank pressure
mixture of the engine coolant cap when the engine and radiator
listed in this manual for the are hot can allow steam and
cooling system. See scalding liquids to blow out and
Recommended Fluids and burn you badly. Never turn the
Lubricants on page 116 for surge tank pressure cap even a
more information. little when the engine and
radiator are hot.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level When the engine is cold, the coolant
surface when checking the coolant level should be between the
level. Maximum (A) and Minimum (B)
Check to see if coolant is visible in marks on the coolant surge tank.
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant The engine coolant surge tank is The level rises at engine operation
inside the coolant surge tank is located in the rear of the engine temperature and drops again when
boiling, do not do anything else until compartment on the driver side of the engine cools down.
it cools down. If coolant is visible the vehicle. See Engine
The coolant should be between the
but the coolant level is not between Compartment Overview on
Maximum (A) and Minimum (B)
the Minimum and Maximum marks, page 108 for more information on
marks, when the engine is cold. If it
add a 50/50 mixture of clean, location.
is not, there could be a leak in the
drinkable water and DEX-COOL cooling system.
coolant at the coolant surge tank,
but be sure the cooling system is
10-20 Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the If a hiss is heard, wait for that to

Coolant Surge Tank { WARNING stop. This will allow any
pressure still left to be vented
Steam and scalding liquids from a out the discharge hose.
{ WARNING hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. They are
You can be burned if you spill
under pressure, and if you turn
coolant on hot engine parts.
the surge tank pressure
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
cap even a little they can
and it will burn if the engine parts
come out at high speed. Never
are hot enough. Do not spill
turn the cap when the cooling
coolant on a hot engine.
system, including the surge tank
pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the
Notice: This vehicle has a cooling system and surge tank
specific coolant fill procedure. pressure cap to cool if you ever
Failure to follow this procedure have to turn the pressure cap.
could cause the engine to
overheat and be severely 2. Then keep turning the pressure
damaged. If no coolant is visible in the surge
tank, add coolant as follows: cap slowly and remove it.
{ WARNING 1. Remove the coolant surge tank

pressure cap when the cooling
An electric engine cooling fan system, including the coolant
under the hood can start up even surge tank pressure cap and
when the engine is not running upper radiator hose, is no longer
and can cause injury. Keep hot. Turn the pressure cap
hands, clothing, and tools away slowly counterclockwise about
from any underhood electric fan. two or two and one-half turns.
Vehicle Care 10-21
4. With the coolant surge tank Engine Overheating

pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the The vehicle has an indicator to warn
upper radiator hose can be felt of the engine overheating.
getting hot. Watch out for the There is a coolant temperature
engine cooling fan. gauge on the instrument panel
By this time, the coolant level cluster. See Engine Coolant
inside the coolant surge tank Temperature Gauge on page 511.
may be lower. If the level is If the decision is made not to lift the
lower than the Maximum mark, hood when this warning appears,
add more of the proper mixture get service help right away. See
to the coolant surge tank until Roadside Assistance Program on
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the level reaches the mark. page 136.
the proper mixture to the
5. Replace the pressure cap. Be If the decision is made to lift the
Maximum mark on the coolant
sure the pressure cap is hood, make sure the vehicle is
surge tank. Wait about
hand-tight and fully seated. parked on a level surface.
5 minutes, then check to see if
the level is below the mark. If the Notice: If the pressure cap is not
level is below the Maximum tightly installed, coolant loss and
mark, add additional coolant to possible engine damage may
bring the level up to the mark. occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.
Repeat this procedure until the
level remains constant at the
Maximum mark for at least
five minutes.
10-22 Vehicle Care
Then check to see if the engine If Steam is Coming from the If No Steam is Coming from
cooling fan is running. If the engine Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment
is overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, do not continue If an engine overheat warning is
to run the engine. Have the vehicle
{ WARNING displayed but no steam can be seen
serviced. or heard, the problem may not be
Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine
Notice: Engine damage from can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the
running the engine without just open the hood. Stay away vehicle:
coolant is not covered by the from the engine if you see or hear .
warranty. steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day
Notice: If the engine catches fire off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving
because of being driven with no the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic
coolant, your vehicle can be Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open If the overheat warning is displayed
badly damaged. The costly
the hood. with no sign of steam:
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. 1. Turn the air conditioning off,
If you keep driving when your
if equipped.
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest
could be badly burned. Stop your temperature and to the highest
engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as
of the vehicle until the engine necessary.
is cool. 3. If in a traffic jam, let the engine
idle in N (Neutral) while stopped.
If it is safe to do so, pull off the
road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
Vehicle Care 10-23
If the temperature overheat gauge Power Steering Fluid

is no longer in the overheat zone or
an overheat warning no longer When to Check Power Steering
displays, the vehicle can be driven. Fluid
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
The power steering fluid reservoir is
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
located toward the front of the
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
engine compartment on the driver
front. If the warning does not come
side of the vehicle. See Engine
back on, continue to drive normally.
Compartment Overview on
If the warning continues, pull over, page 108 for reservoir location.
stop, and park the vehicle
It is not necessary to regularly
right away.
check power steering fluid unless The level should be above the MIN
If there is no sign of steam, idle the there is a leak suspected in the mark on the reservoir. If the level
engine for three minutes while system or an unusual noise is drops below the MIN mark, add
parked. If the warning is still heard. A fluid loss in this system power steering fluid. Do not overfill
displayed, turn off the engine until it could indicate a problem. Have the the reservoir and remember to
cools down. system inspected and repaired. replace the cap tightly when finished
How to Check Power Steering and clean up any spilled fluid.
Fluid What to Use
Turn the key off and let the engine To determine what kind of fluid to
compartment cool down. use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 116. Always
use the proper fluid. Failure to use
the proper fluid can cause leaks and
damage hoses and seals.
10-24 Vehicle Care
Washer Fluid Notice: Brakes

. When using concentrated This vehicle has front disc brakes
What to Use washer fluid, follow the and could have rear drum brakes or
When the vehicle needs windshield manufacturer's instructions rear disc brakes.
washer fluid, be sure to read the for adding water.
manufacturer's instructions before Disc brake pads have built-in wear
. Do not mix water with indicators that make a high-pitched
use. If operating the vehicle in an
ready-to-use washer fluid. warning sound when the brake pads
area where the temperature may fall
Water can cause the solution are worn and new pads are needed.
below freezing, use a fluid that has to freeze and damage the
sufficient protection against The sound can come and go or be
washer fluid tank and other heard all the time the vehicle is
freezing.
parts of the washer system. moving, except when applying the
Adding Washer Fluid Also, water does not clean as brake pedal firmly.
well as washer fluid.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
{ WARNING
very cold. This allows for The brake wear warning sound
fluid expansion if freezing means that soon the brakes will
occurs, which could damage not work well. That could lead to
the tank if it is a crash. When the brake wear
Open the cap with the washer completely full. warning sound is heard, have the
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until vehicle serviced.
the tank is full. See Engine
. Do not use engine coolant
Compartment Overview on (antifreeze) in the windshield
page 108 for reservoir location. washer. It can damage the Notice: Continuing to drive with
windshield washer system worn-out brake pads could result
and paint. in costly brake repair.
Vehicle Care 10-25
Some driving conditions or climates Brake linings should always be Replacing Brake System Parts
can cause a brake squeal when the replaced as complete axle sets.
The braking system on a vehicle is
brakes are first applied or lightly
Brake Pedal Travel complex. Its many parts have to be
applied. This does not mean
of top quality and work well together
something is wrong with the brakes. See your dealer if the brake pedal if the vehicle is to have really good
Properly torqued wheel nuts are does not return to normal height, braking. The vehicle was designed
necessary to help prevent brake or if there is a rapid increase in and tested with top-quality brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated, pedal travel. This could be a sign parts. When parts of the braking
inspect brake pads for wear and that brake service might be system are replaced, be sure to get
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the required. new, approved replacement parts.
proper sequence to torque Brake Adjustment If this is not done, the brakes might
specifications in Capacities and not work properly. For example,
Specifications on page 122. Every moderate brake stop, the disc installing disc brake pads that are
brakes adjust for wear. If rarely wrong for the vehicle, can change
If the vehicle has rear drum brakes, making moderate or heavier brake
they do not have wear indicators, the balance between the front and
stops, the brakes might not adjust rear brakes for the worse. The
but if a rear brake rubbing noise is correctly. Very carefully making a
heard, have the rear brake linings braking performance expected can
few moderate brake stops about change in many other ways if the
inspected immediately. Rear brake every 1 600 km (1,000 miles) will
drums should be removed and wrong replacement brake parts are
adjust the brakes properly. installed.
inspected each time the tires are
removed for rotation or changing. If the vehicle has rear drum brakes
Drum brakes have an inspection and the brake pedal goes down
hole to inspect lining wear during farther than normal, the rear drum
scheduled maintenance. When the brakes might need adjustment.
front brake pads are replaced, have Adjust them by backing up and
the rear brakes inspected, too. firmly applying the brakes a few
times.
10-26 Vehicle Care

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch
Brake Fluid hydraulic system can also cause { WARNING
a low fluid level. Have the brake/
clutch hydraulic system fixed, If too much brake fluid is added, it
since a leak means that sooner can spill on the engine and burn,
or later the brakes and/or clutch if the engine is hot enough. You
will not work well. or others could be burned, and
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. the vehicle could be damaged.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Add brake fluid only when work is
The brake/clutch master cylinder
If fluid is added when the linings are done on the brake/clutch
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
fluid as indicated on the reservoir worn, there will be too much fluid hydraulic system.
cap. See Engine Compartment when new brake linings are
Overview on page 108 for the installed. Add or remove brake fluid, When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a
location of the reservoir. as necessary, only when work is low level, the brake warning light
done on the brake/clutch hydraulic comes on. See Brake System
There are only two reasons why the system.
fluid level in the reservoir might Warning Light on page 516.
go down: What to Add
. The fluid level goes down Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
because of normal brake lining from a sealed container. See
wear. When new linings are Recommended Fluids and
installed, the fluid level goes Lubricants on page 116.
back up.
Always clean the brake/clutch fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
Vehicle Care 10-27

. If brake fluid is spilled on Vehicle Storage
{ WARNING the vehicle's painted
surfaces, the paint finish can
With the wrong kind of fluid in the be damaged. Be careful not { WARNING
brake/clutch hydraulic system, the to spill brake fluid on the Batteries have acid that can burn
brakes might not work well. This vehicle. If you do, wash it off
you and gas that can explode.
could cause a crash. Always use immediately.
You can be badly hurt if you are
the proper brake/clutch fluid.
not careful. See Jump Starting on
Battery page 1070 for tips on working
Notice: Refer to the replacement number around a battery without
. Using the wrong fluid can shown on the original battery label getting hurt.
badly damage brake/clutch when a new battery is needed. See
hydraulic system parts. For Engine Compartment Overview on
page 108 for battery location. Infrequent Usage: Remove the
example, just a few drops of black, negative () cable from the
mineral-based oil, such as battery to keep the battery from
engine oil, in the brake { DANGER running down.
hydraulic system can
damage brake hydraulic Battery posts, terminals, and Extended Storage: Remove the
system parts so badly that related accessories contain lead black, negative () cable from the
they will have to be replaced. and lead compounds, chemicals battery or use a battery trickle
Do not let someone put in known to the State of California to charger.
the wrong kind of fluid. cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
10-28 Vehicle Care
Starter Switch Check 3. For automatic transmission Automatic Transmission

vehicles, try to start the engine
in each gear. The vehicle
Shift Lock Control
{ WARNING should start only in P (Park) or Function Check
When you are doing this N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
inspection, the vehicle could
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
{ WARNING
move suddenly. If the vehicle
For manual transmission When you are doing this
moves, you or others could be
vehicles, put the shift lever in inspection, the vehicle could
injured.
Neutral, push the clutch pedal move suddenly. If the vehicle
down halfway, and try to start moves, you or others could be
1. Before starting this check, be the engine. The vehicle should injured.
sure there is enough room start only when the clutch pedal
around the vehicle. is pushed down all the way to 1. Before starting this check, be
2. Firmly apply both the parking the floor. If the vehicle starts sure there is enough room
brake and the regular brake. when the clutch pedal is not around the vehicle. It should be
See Parking Brake on pushed all the way down, parked on a level surface.
page 931. contact your dealer for service.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
Do not use the accelerator See Parking Brake on
pedal, and be ready to turn off page 931.
the engine immediately if it
starts. Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
Vehicle Care 10-29
3. With the engine off, turn the On all vehicles, the ignition key Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
ignition to ON/RUN, but do not should come out only in LOCK/OFF. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
start the engine. Without Contact your dealer if service is your foot on the regular brake, set
applying the regular brake, try to required. the parking brake.
move the shift lever out of . To check the parking brake's
P (Park) with normal effort. If the
shift lever moves out of P (Park), Park Brake and P (Park) holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
contact your dealer for service. Mechanism Check N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
Ignition Transmission { WARNING pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
Lock Check held by the parking brake only.
When you are doing this check,
While parked, and with the parking the vehicle could begin to move.
. To check the P (Park)
brake set, try to turn the ignition to You or others could be injured mechanism's holding ability:
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever and property could be damaged. With the engine running, shift to
position. Make sure there is room in front P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
. For automatic transmission of the vehicle in case it begins to
regular brake.
vehicles, the ignition should turn roll. Be ready to apply the regular
to LOCK/OFF only when the brake at once should the vehicle Contact your dealer if service is
shift lever is in P (Park). begin to move. required.
. For manual transmission
vehicles, the ignition should turn
to LOCK/OFF only when the
shift lever is in neutral.
10-30 Vehicle Care
Wiper Blade Replacement Here is how to remove and replace Headlamp Aiming
the windshield wiper blade:
Windshield wiper blades should be Headlamp aim has been preset at
inspected for wear or cracking. See 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm
the factory and should need no
Wiper Blade Check for more away from the windshield.
further adjustment.
information.
However, if the vehicle is damaged
Replacement blades come in in a crash, the headlamp aim may
different types and are removed in be affected. Aim adjustment to the
different ways. For the proper type, low-beam headlamps may be
see Maintenance Replacement necessary if oncoming drivers flash
Parts on page 118. their high-beam headlamps at you
(for vertical aim).
If the headlamps need to be
re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle be taken to the dealer
for service.
2. Press the retaining clip (A) and

pull the wiper blade off the arm.
3. Install a new blade by reversing
Steps 1 and 2.
Vehicle Care 10-31
Bulb Replacement Headlamps

For the proper type of replacement To replace a headlamp bulb:
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on 1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 1035. page 106.
For any bulbchanging procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ WARNING 4. Remove the headlamp cap.

Halogen bulbs have pressurized 5. Release the spring that retains
gas inside and can burst if you the bulb by loosening the screw.
drop or scratch the bulb. You or 6. Remove the old bulb and install
others could be injured. Be sure the new bulb.
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package. 2. Remove the three bolts to 7. Install the bulb retaining spring
remove the headlamp assembly. and tighten the screw.
3. Disconnect the wiring harness 8. Reinstall the headlamp cap.
connector from the rear of
9. Reconnect the wiring harness at
the bulb.
the rear of the bulb.
10-32 Vehicle Care
Front Turn Signal,

Sidemarker, and Parking
Lamps
To replace a front turn signal or
parking lamp bulb:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
10. Reinstall the headlamp 4. Turn the front turn signal bulb
assembly using the three bolts. socket counterclockwise.
5. Pull the front turn signal bulb
socket out of the lamp housing.
6. Press the bulb inward and turn it
counterclockwise to remove it
from the bulb socket.
7. Install the new bulb into the
2. Remove the three bolts to socket by pressing it in and
remove the headlamp assembly. turning it clockwise.
3. Disconnect the wiring harness
connector from the rear of
the bulb.
Vehicle Care 10-33
8. Install the socket into the lamp Taillamps, Turn Signal,

housing by turning it clockwise.
Sidemarker, Stoplamps,
9. Reconnect the wiring harness and Back-Up Lamps
connector at the rear of the bulb.
To replace a taillamp, turn signal
lamp, stoplamp, or back-up bulb:
1. Open the liftgate or trunk. See
Liftgate (Hatchback) on page 29
or Trunk on page 27.
Sedan
2. Remove the two screws and the
lamp assembly.
3. Turn the bulb socket
10. Reinstall the headlamp counterclockwise and remove
assembly using the three bolts. the socket.
4. Press the bulb in and turn
counterclockwise to remove it
from the socket.
Hatchback
10-34 Vehicle Care
5. Press the new bulb in and turn Center High-Mounted

clockwise to install the bulb into
the socket.
Stoplamp (CHMSL)
6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
(Sedan)
to reinstall. To replace a CHMSL bulb on the
sedan:
7. Reinstall the lamp assembly and
two screws. 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on
Center High-Mounted 2. Remove the two screws and the
Stoplamp (CHMSL) lamp housing. Disconnect the
(Hatchback) wiring harness connector before
2. Pull down on the lamp assembly removing the lamp housing.
To replace a CHMSL bulb on the while holding the end of the
hatchback: bracket.
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 3. Remove the lens cover using a
(Hatchback) on page 29 for flat head screwdriver.
more information. 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out of the bulb holder.
5. Install the new bulb.
6. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to
reinstall.
3. Remove the five screws and the

reflector assembly.
Vehicle Care 10-35
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it 3. Turn the bulb socket Bulb

straight out of the bulb holder. counterclockwise and pull the Exterior Lamp
Number
5. Install the new bulb. bulb straight out of the socket.
Front Sidemarker
4. Install the new bulb. 94535578
6. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to Lamps
reinstall. 5. Push the bulb straight into the
Headlamps 94535548
socket and turn clockwise to
License Plate Lamp reinstall. License
94535587
6. Push and turn the license plate Plate Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs:
lamp away from you through the Rear Sidemarker
opening. 94535577
Lamps
7. Reinstall the two screws holding Rear Turn Signal
the license plate lamp. 94535572
Lamps
Stoplamp/
Replacement Bulbs Taillamps
94535577
Bulb
Exterior Lamp
Number For replacement bulbs not listed
Back-Up Lamps 94535571 here, contact your dealer.
Center
High-Mounted
94535587
1. Remove the two screws holding Stoplamp
each of the license plate lamps. (CHMSL)
2. Turn and pull the license plate Front Parking/Turn
94535578
lamp toward you through the Signal Lamps
opening.
10-36 Vehicle Care
Electrical System If there is a problem on the road and

a fuse needs to be replaced, the
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
same amperage fuse can be ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Electrical System borrowed. Choose some feature of
Overload the vehicle that is not needed to use Fuses and Circuit
and replace it as soon as possible.
The vehicle has fuses and circuit Breakers
breakers to protect against an Headlamp Wiring The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
electrical system overload.
An electrical overload may cause protected from short circuits by a
When the current electrical load is the lamps to go on and off, or in combination of fuses, circuit
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens some cases to remain off. Have the breakers, and fusible thermal links.
and closes, protecting the circuit headlamp wiring checked right away This greatly reduces the chance of
until the current load returns to if the lamps go on and off or fires caused by electrical problems.
normal or the problem is fixed. This remain off. Look at the silver-colored band
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
Windshield Wipers inside the fuse. If the band is broken
overload and fire caused by
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
electrical problems. If the wiper motor overheats due to you replace a bad fuse with a new
Fuses and circuit breakers protect heavy snow or ice, the windshield one of the identical size and rating.
the following in the vehicle: wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart. Fuses of the same amperage can
. Headlamp Wiring be temporarily borrowed from
.
Although the circuit is protected another fuse location, if a fuse goes
Windshield Wiper Motor from electrical overload, overload out. Replace the fuse as soon as
. Power Windows and Other due to heavy snow or ice may you can.
Power Accessories cause wiper linkage damage.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one Always clear ice and heavy snow
of the identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
Vehicle Care 10-37
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The engine compartment fuse block
is located on the driver side of the
vehicle, near the battery. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 108 for more information on
location.
Notice: Spilling liquid on any
electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
keep the covers on any electrical
component.
To access the fuses, press in the
side flaps to release the cover. To
reinstall the cover, push the cover
until it is secure. Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
Cooling Fan HI ABS2 EBCM
FAN HI
Relay Instrument Panel
SJB BATT
ABS1 EBCM Fuse Block
10-38 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

ACC/IG1 IGN1 Relay Tail Lamp (LH), F/PUMP Fuel Pump Relay
Side Marker (LH),
IGN2 Relay, Starter Hazard Switch,
IG2/ST PKLP LH Turn Signal &
Relay HAZARD Hood Contact
Parking Lamp (LH),
Switch
Instrument Panel License Lamp
ACC/RAP
Fuse Block Head Lamp
Tail Lamp (RH), HDLP HI LH
(LH), IPC
P/ Power Window Side Marker (RH),
WINDOW2 Switch Turn Signal & HDLP HI RH Head Lamp (RH)
PKLP RH Parking Lamp
P/W Power Window IPC IPC
WINDOW1 Switch (RH), License
Lamp, I/P Fuse Head Lamp (LH),
HDLP LO LH
Cooling Fan LOW Block I/P Fuse Block
FAN LOW
Relay
ECU ECM, TCM HDLP LO RH Head Lamp (RH)
A/C Compressor
A/CON Front Fog Lamp EMS1 ECM, Injector
Relay FRT FOG
Relay DLIS Ignition Switch
Vehicle Care 10-39
Fuses Usage Relays Usage Relays Usage

EVAP Canister FRONT FOG ENGINE
Fog Lamp Main Power
Purge Solenoid, RELAY MAIN RELAY
EMS2 Thermostat Heater,
HDLP HIGH ACC/RAP
HO2S, MAF Head Lamp High I/P Fuse Block
RELAY RELAY
Sensor
HDLP LOW IGN2
SPARE Not Used Head Lamp Low Ignition
RELAY RELAY
Relays Usage FAN HIGH

Cooling Fan High Misc. Usage
RELAY
F/PUMP
Fuel Pump FAN LOW FUSE
RELAY Cooling Fan Low Fuse Puller
RELAY PULLER
STARTER
Starter A/CON
RELAY Air Conditioner
RELAY
PARK LAMP
Park Lamp
RELAY
10-40 Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse

Block
The instrument panel fuse block is
located on the end of the instrument
panel on the driver side of the
vehicle.
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

Audio, Clock, PNP Switch,
To access the fuses, open the fuse AUDIO B/UP LAMP Reverse Lamp
Immobilizer
panel door by pulling the door out. Switch
A/C Switch, Clock,
To reinstall the door, first insert the Power Mirror Unit, BLANK Not Used
rear edge of the fuse panel door, AUDIO/RKE
Audio, Anti-Theft BLANK Not Used
then push the front of the door into Module, TPMS
the end of the instrument panel to
secure it.
Vehicle Care 10-41
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

BLANK Not Used EMS2 Stoplamp Switch SOKET Power Jack
CIGAR Cigar Lighter HORN Horn STOP LAMP Brake Switch
Brake Switch, OBD DLC, Immobilizer Sunroof
SUNROOF
CLUSTER TPMS, AntiTheft Module (Option)
Trunk Room Lamp,
Module
CLUSTER/ Trunk Open T/SIG Hazard Switch
DEFOG Power Mirror Unit, ROOM LAMP Switch, IPC,
Wiper Switch,
MIRROR A/C Switch Room Lamp WIPER
Wiper Motor
RR DEFOG Rear Defog Sensing and
SDM
Diagnostic Module
DOOR LOCK Door Lock
NA DRL NA DRL Circuit
Mirror Control
MIRROR/
Switch, Room
SUNROOF
Lamp, A/C Switch
Engine Room Fuse
EMS1 Block, TCM, VSS,
Fuel Pump
10-42 Vehicle Care
Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)

Tires . Under inflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can
same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only your
Your new vehicle comes with tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire
high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. service center should repair,
leading tire manufacturer. If you Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount
ever have questions about your maintain the recommended the tires.
tire warranty and where to pressure. Tire pressure . Do not spin the tires in
obtain service, see your vehicle should be checked when your excess of 55 km/h (35 mph)
Warranty booklet for details. For tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such as
additional information refer to . Over inflated tires are more snow, mud, ice, etc.
the tire manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may
or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode.
{ WARNING impact such as when you
hit a pothole. Keep tires at
. Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. Tire Sidewall Labeling
improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a Useful information about a tire is
dangerous. crash. If your tread is badly molded into its sidewall. The
. Overloading your tires can worn, replace them. examples below show a typical
cause overheating as a result . Replace any tires that have passenger car tire and a
of too much flexing. You been damaged by impacts compact spare tire sidewall.
could have a blowout and a with potholes, curbs, etc.
serious accident. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 912. (Continued)
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 10-43
(B) DOT (Department of (E) Uniform Tire Quality

Transportation): The Grading (UTQG): Tire
Department of Transportation manufacturers are required to
(DOT) code indicates that the grade tires based on three
tire is in compliance with performance factors: treadwear,
the U.S. Department of traction and temperature
Transportation Motor Vehicle resistance. For more information
Safety Standards. see Uniform Tire Quality
(C) Tire Identification Number Grading on page 1058.
(TIN): The letters and numbers (F) Maximum Cold Inflation
following DOT code are the Tire Load Limit: Maximum load that
Passenger Car Tire Example Identification Number (TIN). The can be carried and the
(A) Tire Size: The tire size is a TIN shows the manufacturer and maximum pressure needed to
combination of letters and plant code, tire size, and date support that load. For
numbers used to define a the tire was manufactured. The information on recommended
particular tire's width, height, TIN is molded onto both sides of tire pressure see Tire Pressure
aspect ratio, construction type the tire, although only one side on page 1048 and Vehicle Load
and service description. See the may have the date of Limits on page 912.
Tire Size illustration later in this manufacture.
section for more detail. (D) Tire Ply Material: The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
10-44 Vehicle Care
(B) Tire Ply Material: The type (E) Tire Inflation: The
of cord and number of plies in temporary use tire or compact
the sidewall and under the tread. spare tire should be inflated to
(C) Tire Identification Number 60 psi (420 kPa). For more
(TIN): The letters and numbers information on tire pressure and
following the DOT (Department inflation see Tire Pressure on
of Transportation) code is the page 1048.
Tire Identification Number (TIN). (F) Tire Size : A combination of
The TIN shows the letters and numbers define a
manufacturer and plant code, tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
tire size, and date the tire was construction type and service
Compact Spare Tire Example manufactured. The TIN is description. The letter T as the
(A) Temporary Use Only: The molded onto both sides of the first character in the tire size
compact spare tire or temporary tire, although only one side may means the tire is for temporary
use tire has a tread life of have the date of manufacture. use only.
approximately 3,000 miles (D) Maximum Cold Inflation
(5 000 km) and should not be Load Limit: Maximum load that
driven at speeds over 65 mph can be carried and the
(105 km/h). The compact spare maximum pressure needed to
tire is for emergency use when a support that load. See Compact
regular road tire has lost air and Spare Tire on page 1069 and
gone flat. See Compact Spare Vehicle Load Limits on
Tire on page 1069 and If a Tire page 912.
Goes Flat on page 1061.
Vehicle Care 10-45
Tire Designations (B) Tire Width: The threedigit (E) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
number indicates the tire section the wheel in inches.
Tire Size width in millimeters from (F) Service Description: These
The following illustration shows sidewall to sidewall. characters represent the load
an example of a typical (C) Aspect Ratio: A twodigit index and speed rating of the
passenger car tire size. number that indicates the tire tire. The load index represents
heighttowidth measurements. the load carrying capacity a tire
For example, if the tire size is certified to carry. The speed
aspect ratio is 70, as shown in rating is the maximum speed a
item C of the illustration, it would tire is certified to carry a load.
mean that the tire's sidewall is
70% as high as it is wide. Tire Terminology and
(D) Construction Code: A Definitions
letter code is used to indicate Air Pressure: The amount of
the type of ply construction in air inside the tire pressing
the tire. The letter R means outward on each square inch of
radial ply construction; the the tire. Air pressure is
(A) Passenger (PMetric) Tire: letter D means diagonal or bias expressed in psi (pounds per
The United States version of a ply construction; and the letter B square inch) or kPa (kilopascal).
metric tire sizing system. The means beltedbias ply
letter P as the first character in construction.
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U. S. Tire
and Rim Association.
10-46 Vehicle Care
Accessory Weight: This Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire includes the Tire Identification
means the combined weight of in which the plies are laid at Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
optional accessories. Some alternate angles less than designator which can also
examples of optional 90 degrees to the centerline of identify the tire manufacturer,
accessories are, automatic the tread. production plant, brand, and
transmission, power steering, Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production.
power brakes, power windows, amount of air pressure in a tire, GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
power seats, and air measured in psi (pounds per Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
conditioning. square inch) or kPa (kilopascal) on page 912.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship before a tire has built up heat GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
of a tire's height to its width. from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating for the front axle. See
Belt: A rubber coated layer of on page 1048. Vehicle Load Limits on
cords that is located between Curb Weight: The weight of a page 912.
the plies and the tread. Cords motor vehicle with standard and GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
may be made from steel or other optional equipment including the Rating for the rear axle. See
reinforcing materials. maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Vehicle Load Limits on
Bead: The tire bead contains and coolant, but without page 912.
steel wires wrapped by steel passengers and cargo.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
cords that hold the tire onto DOT Markings: A code molded The side of an asymmetrical tire,
the rim. into the sidewall of a tire that must always face outward
signifying that the tire is in when mounted on a vehicle.
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
(DOT) motor vehicle safety unit for air pressure.
standards. The DOT code
Vehicle Care 10-47
Light Truck (LTMetric) Tire: A Normal Occupant Weight: The Recommended Inflation
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle Pressure: Vehicle
some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by manufacturer's recommended
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle tire inflation pressure as shown
Load Index: An assigned Load Limits on page 912. on the tire placard. See Tire
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : Pressure on page 1048 and
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. Vehicle Load Limits on
carrying capacity of a tire. page 912.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The
Maximum Inflation Pressure: side of an asymmetrical tire that Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces tire in which the ply cords that
which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a extend to the beads are laid at
The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that 90 degrees to the centerline of
molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears the tread.
Maximum Load Rating: The white lettering, or bears Rim: A metal support for a tire
load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or and upon which the tire beads
maximum permissible inflation model name molding that is are seated.
pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same Sidewall: The portion of a tire
moldings on the other sidewall between the tread and the bead.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire.
Weight: The sum of curb Speed Rating: An
weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A alphanumeric code assigned to
vehicle capacity weight, and tire used on passenger cars and a tire indicating the maximum
production options weight. some light duty trucks and speed at which a tire can
multipurpose vehicles. operate.
10-48 Vehicle Care
Traction: The friction between sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Pressure
the tire and the road surface. Tire Quality Grading on
The amount of grip provided. page 1058. Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
Tread: The portion of a tire that Vehicle Capacity Weight: The effectively.
comes into contact with number of designated seating
the road. positions multiplied by Notice: Do not let anyone tell
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated you that underinflation or
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow overinflation is all right. It is
bands, sometimes called wear cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 912. not. If your tires do not have
bars, that show across the tread enough air (underinflation),
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ Vehicle Maximum Load on the you can get the following:
16 inch) of tread remains. See Tire: Load on an individual tire
When It Is Time for New Tires due to curb weight, accessory
. Tire overloading and
on page 1055. weight, occupant weight, and over-heating which could
cargo weight. lead to a blowout.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards): Vehicle Placard: A label
. Premature or
A tire information system that permanently attached to a irregular wear.
provides consumers with vehicle showing the vehicle's . Poor handling.
ratings for a tire's traction, capacity weight and the original . Reduced fuel economy.
temperature, and treadwear. equipment tire size and
Ratings are determined by recommended inflation pressure.
tire manufacturers using See Tire and Loading
government testing procedures. Information Label under Vehicle
The ratings are molded into the Load Limits on page 912.
Vehicle Care 10-49
If your tires have too much air The recommended cold tire When to Check
(overinflation), you can get inflation pressure, shown on the Check your tires once a month
the following: label, is the minimum amount of or more. Do not forget to check
. Unusual wear. air pressure needed to support the compact spare tire, if the
your vehicle's maximum load vehicle has one. The compact
. Poor handling. carrying capacity. spare should be at 420 kPa
. Rough ride. For additional information (60 psi). For additional
. Needless damage from regarding how much weight your information regarding the
road hazards. vehicle can carry, and an compact spare tire, see
example of the Tire and Loading Compact Spare Tire on
A vehicle-specific Tire and Information label, see Vehicle page 1069.
Loading Information label is Load Limits on page 912. How
attached to your vehicle. This How to Check
you load your vehicle affects
label shows your vehicle's vehicle handling and ride Use a good quality pocket-type
original equipment tires and the comfort. Never load your vehicle gauge to check tire pressure.
correct inflation pressures for with more weight than it was You cannot tell if your tires are
your tires when they are cold. designed to carry. properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they are underinflated. Check
the tire's inflation pressure when
the tires are cold. Cold means
your vehicle has been sitting for
at least three hours or driven no
more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
10-50 Vehicle Care
Remove the valve cap from the Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more
tire valve stem. Press the tire of your tires is significantly
System underinflated.
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement. The Tire Pressure Monitor System Accordingly, when the low tire
If the cold tire inflation pressure (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale illuminates, you
technology to check tire pressure should stop and check your tires as
matches the recommended levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
pressure on the Tire and soon as possible, and inflate them
the air pressure in your tires and to the proper pressure. Driving on a
Loading Information label, no transmit tire pressure readings to a
further adjustment is necessary. significantly underinflated tire
receiver located in the vehicle. causes the tire to overheat and can
If the inflation pressure is low, lead to tire failure. Underinflation
Each tire, including the spare
add air until you reach the (if provided), should be checked also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
recommended amount. monthly when cold and inflated to tread life, and may affect the
If you overfill the tire, release air the inflation pressure recommended vehicle's handling and stopping
by pushing on the metal stem in by the vehicle manufacturer on the ability.
the center of the tire valve. vehicle placard or tire inflation Please note that the TPMS is not a
pressure label. (If your vehicle has substitute for proper tire
Recheck the tire pressure with tires of a different size than the size
the tire gauge. maintenance, and it is the driver's
indicated on the vehicle placard or responsibility to maintain correct tire
Be sure to put the valve caps tire inflation pressure label, you pressure, even if underinflation has
back on the valve stems. They should determine the proper tire not reached the level to trigger
help prevent leaks by keeping inflation pressure for those tires.) illumination of the TPMS low tire
out dirt and moisture. As an added safety feature, your pressure telltale.
vehicle has been equipped with a Your vehicle has also been
tire pressure monitoring system equipped with a TPMS malfunction
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
Vehicle Care 10-51
The TPMS malfunction indicator is Federal Communications

combined with the low tire pressure Commission (FCC) and
telltale. When the system detects a Industry Canada
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then See Radio Frequency Statement on
remain continuously illuminated. page 1316 for information
This sequence will continue upon regarding Part 15 of the Federal When a low tire pressure condition
subsequent vehicle startups as Communications Commission (FCC) is detected, the TPMS illuminates
long as the malfunction exists. rules and Industry Canada the low tire pressure warning light
Standards RSS-210/220/310. on the instrument panel cluster.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be If the warning light comes on, stop
able to detect or signal low tire
Tire Pressure Monitor as soon as possible and inflate the
pressure as intended. TPMS Operation tires to the recommended pressure
malfunctions may occur for a variety shown on the Tire and Loading
This vehicle may have a Tire Information label. See Vehicle Load
of reasons, including the installation Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
of replacement or alternate tires or Limits on page 912.
The TPMS is designed to warn the
wheels on the vehicle that prevent driver when a low tire pressure The low tire pressure warning light
the TPMS from functioning properly. condition exists. If your vehicle has comes on at each ignition cycle until
Always check the TPMS malfunction this feature, the TPMS sensors are the tires are inflated to the correct
telltale after replacing one or more mounted onto each tire and wheel inflation pressure.
tires or wheels on your vehicle to assembly, excluding the spare tire
ensure that the replacement or and wheel assembly. The TPMS
alternate tires and wheels allow the sensors monitor the air pressure in
TPMS to continue to function your vehicle's tires and transmit tire
properly. pressure readings to a receiver
See Tire Pressure Monitor located in the vehicle.
Operation on page 1051 for
additional information.
10-52 Vehicle Care
The low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle's TPMS system can TPMS Malfunction Light
may come on in cool weather when warn you about a low tire pressure
The TPMS will not function properly
the vehicle is first started, and then condition but it does not replace
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
turn off as you start to drive. This normal tire maintenance. See Tire
are missing or inoperable. When the
could be an early indicator that the Inspection on page 1053, Tire
system detects a malfunction, the
tire pressures are getting low and Rotation on page 1054, and Tires
low tire warning light flashes for
need to be inflated to the proper on page 1042.
about one minute and then stays on
pressure. Notice: Tire sealant materials are for the remainder of the ignition
A Tire and Loading Information not all the same. A non-approved cycle. The low tire warning light
label, attached to your vehicle, tire sealant could damage the Tire comes on at each ignition cycle until
shows the size of your vehicle's Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) the problem is corrected. Some of
original equipment tires and the sensors. TPMS sensor damage the conditions that can cause the
correct inflation pressure for your caused by using an incorrect tire malfunction light to come on are:
vehicle's tires when they are cold. sealant is not covered by the . One of the road tires has been
See Vehicle Load Limits on vehicle warranty. Always use only
replaced with the spare tire. The
page 912, for an example of the tire the GM approved tire sealant
spare tire does not have a
information label and its location on available through your dealer or
TPMS sensor. The TPMS
your vehicle. Also see Tire Pressure included in the vehicle.
malfunction light should go off
on page 1048.
once you reinstall the road tire
containing the TPMS sensor.
Vehicle Care 10-53

. One or more TPMS sensors are TPMS Sensor Identification Always remove the tires if any of
missing or damaged. The TPMS Codes the following statements
malfunction light should go off
when the TPMS sensors are Each TPMS sensor has a unique are true:
installed and the sensor identification code. Any time you . You can see the indicators at
matching process is performed replace one or more of the TPMS three or more places around
successfully. See your dealer for sensors, or rotate the vehicle's tires, the tire.
service. the identification codes need to be
matched to the new tire/wheel . You can see cord or fabric
. Replacement tires or wheels do position. The sensors are matched, showing through the tire's
not match your vehicle's original to the tire/wheel positions, in the
equipment tires or wheels. Tires rubber.
following order: driver side front tire,
and wheels other than those passenger side front tire, passenger
. The tread or sidewall is
recommended for your vehicle side rear tire, and driver side rear cracked, cut, or snagged
could prevent the TPMS from tire using a TPMS diagnostic tool. deep enough to show cord or
functioning properly. See Buying See your dealer for service. fabric.
New Tires on page 1056.
. The tire has a bump, bulge,
. Operating electronic devices or Tire Inspection or split.
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the We recommend that you . The tire has a puncture, cut,
TPMS could cause the TPMS regularly inspect your vehicle's or other damage that cannot
sensors to malfunction. tires, including the spare tire, be repaired well because of
If the TPMS is not functioning it if the vehicle has one, for signs the size or location of the
cannot detect or signal a low tire of wear or damage at least once damage.
condition. See your dealer for a month.
service if the TPMS malfunction
light comes on and stays on.
10-54 Vehicle Care
Tire Rotation all wheel nuts are properly

tightened. See Wheel Nut
Tires should be rotated every Torque under Capacities and
12 000 km (7,500 miles). See Specifications on page 122.
Scheduled Maintenance on
page 112. See your dealer to reset the Tire
Pressure Monitor System
The purpose of a regular tire (TPMS) after rotating the tires,
rotation is to achieve a uniform if a tire pressure monitor
wear for all tires on the vehicle. reception error occurs.
This will ensure that your vehicle
continues to perform most like it
did when the tires were new. When rotating your tires, always
{ WARNING
Any time you notice unusual use the correct rotation pattern Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
wear, rotate your tires as soon shown here. parts to which it is fastened, can
as possible and check wheel make wheel nuts become loose
Do not include the compact after time. The wheel could come
alignment. Also check for spare tire in the tire rotation.
damaged tires or wheels. See off and cause an accident. When
When It Is Time for New Tires After the tires have been changing a wheel, remove any
rotated, adjust the front and rear rust or dirt from places where the
on page 1055 and Wheel
Replacement on page 1060 for inflation pressures as shown on (Continued)
more information. the tire and loading information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 912 for an example of
the Tire and Loading Information
label and where it is located on
your vehicle. Make certain that
Vehicle Care 10-55
WARNING (Continued)
When It Is Time for New Inspection on page 1054 and Tire
Rotation on page 1054 for
Tires additional information.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In Various factors, such as The rubber in tires ages over time.
an emergency, use a cloth or a maintenance, temperatures, driving This is also true for the spare tire,
paper towel to do this; but be sure speeds, vehicle loading, and road if the vehicle has one, even if it is
to use a scraper or wire brush conditions influence when you need not being used. Multiple conditions
later, if needed, to get all the rust new tires. affect how fast this aging takes
or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat place, including temperatures,
on page 1061. loading conditions, and inflation
pressure maintenance. Tires will
Lightly coat the center of the typically need to be replaced due to
wear before they may need to be
wheel hub with wheel bearing
replaced due to age. Consult the tire
grease after a wheel change or manufacturer for more information
tire rotation to prevent corrosion on when tires should be replaced.
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel Vehicle Storage
mounting surface or on the Tires age when stored normally
wheel nuts or bolts. mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
One way to tell when it is time for least a month in a cool, dry, clean
new tires is to check the treadwear area away from direct sunlight to
indicators, which appear when the slow aging. This area should be free
tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or of grease, gasoline, or other
less of tread remaining. See Tire substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
10-56 Vehicle Care
Parking for an extended period can GM recommends replacing tires in

cause flat spots on the tires that sets of four. This is because uniform { CAUTION
may result in vibrations while tread depth on all tires will help
driving. When storing a vehicle for keep the vehicle performing most Mixing tires could cause you
at least a month, remove the tires or like it did when the tires were new. to lose control while driving.
raise the vehicle to reduce the Replacing less than a full set of tires If you mix tires of different
weight from the tires. can affect the braking and handling sizes, brands, or types (radial
performance of the vehicle. See Tire and bias-belted tires), the
Buying New Tires Inspection on page 1053 and Tire vehicle may not handle
Rotation on page 1054. properly, and you could have
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. If you a crash. Using tires of different
need replacement tires, GM strongly { WARNING sizes, brands, or types may
recommends that you get tires that also cause damage to your
Tires could explode during
are the same size, brand, load vehicle. Be sure to use the
improper service. You or others
range, speed rating, and correct size, brand, and type
construction type (radial and could be injured or killed if you
attempt to mount or dismount a of tires on all wheels. It is all
biasbelted tires) as the vehicle's right to drive with your
original tires. This way, the vehicle tire. Only your dealer or an
authorized tire service center compact spare temporarily, as
will continue to have tires that are
should mount and dismount the it was developed for use on
designed to give the same
performance and vehicle safety, tires. your vehicle. See Compact
during normal use, as the original Spare Tire on page 1069.
tires. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on
page 1042 for additional
information.
Vehicle Care 10-57
The vehicle's original equipment

{ CAUTION tires are listed on the Tire and { WARNING
Loading Information label. See
If you use bias-ply tires on the Vehicle Load Limits on page 912, If you add different sized
vehicle, the wheel rim flanges for more information about the Tire wheels, your vehicle may not
could develop cracks after and Loading Information label and provide an acceptable level of
many miles of driving. A tire its location on the vehicle. performance and safety if tires not
and/or wheel could fail recommended for those wheels
suddenly, causing a crash. Different Size Tires and are selected. You may increase
Use only radial-ply tires with the chance that you will crash and
Wheels suffer serious injury. Only use GM
the wheels on the vehicle.
If you add wheels or tires that are a specific wheel and tire systems
different size than your original developed for your vehicle, and
Vehicles that have a tire pressure equipment wheels and tires, this have them properly installed by a
monitoring system could give an could affect the way your vehicle GM certified technician.
inaccurate lowpressure warning if performs, including its braking, ride
tires not recommended for the and handling characteristics,
vehicle are installed. Tires that do stability, and resistance to rollover. See Buying New Tires on
not match the original equipment Additionally, if your vehicle has page 1056 and Accessories and
tires could give a lowpressure electronic systems such as antilock Modifications on page 104 for
warning that is higher or lower than brakes, rollover airbags, traction additional information.
the proper warning level you would control, and electronic stability
get with original equipment tires. control, the performance of these
See Tire Pressure Monitor System systems can be affected.
on page 1050.
10-58 Vehicle Care
Uniform Tire Quality use spare tires, tires with Treadwear

Grading nominal rim diameters of The treadwear grade is a
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), comparative rating based on the
Quality grades can be found or to some limited-production
where applicable on the tire wear rate of the tire when tested
tires. under controlled conditions on a
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For While the tires available on specified government test
example: General Motors passenger cars course. For example, a tire
and light trucks may vary with graded 150 would wear one and
Treadwear 200 Traction AA respect to these grades, they a half (1) times as well on the
Temperature A must also conform to federal government course as a tire
The following information relates safety requirements and graded 100. The relative
to the system developed by the additional General Motors Tire performance of tires depends
United States National Highway Performance Criteria (TPC) upon the actual conditions of
Traffic Safety Administration standards. their use, however, and may
(NHTSA), which grades tires by All Passenger Car Tires Must depart significantly from the
treadwear, traction, and Conform to Federal Safety norm due to variations in driving
temperature performance. This Requirements In Addition To habits, service practices and
applies only to vehicles sold in These Grades. differences in road
the United States. The grades characteristics and climate.
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter-type snow
tires, space-saver, or temporary
Vehicle Care 10-59
Traction AA, A, B, C Temperature A, B, C overloaded. Excessive speed,

The traction grades, from The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in
and C. Those grades represent representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat
the tire's ability to stop on wet to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure.
pavement as measured under ability to dissipate heat when
controlled conditions on tested under controlled Wheel Alignment and Tire
specified government test conditions on a specified indoor Balance
surfaces of asphalt and laboratory test wheel. Sustained The tires and wheels on the vehicle
concrete. A tire marked C may high temperature can cause the were aligned and balanced carefully
have poor traction performance. material of the tire to degenerate at the factory to give the longest tire
Warning: The traction grade and reduce tire life, and life and best overall performance.
assigned to this tire is based on excessive temperature can lead Adjustments to wheel alignment and
straight-ahead braking traction to sudden tire failure. The grade tire balancing will not be necessary
tests, and does not include C corresponds to a level of on a regular basis. However, if there
is unusual tire wear or the vehicle
acceleration, cornering, performance which all pulls to one side or the other, the
hydroplaning, or peak traction passenger car tires must meet alignment should be checked. If the
characteristics. under the Federal Motor Safety vehicle vibrates when driving on a
Standard No. 109. Grades B and smooth road, the tires and wheels
A represent higher levels of might need to be rebalanced. See
performance on the laboratory your dealer for proper diagnosis.
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
10-60 Vehicle Care
Wheel Replacement If you need to replace any of the Notice: The wrong wheel can
wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, also cause problems with bearing
Replace any wheel that is bent, or Tire Pressure Monitor System life, brake cooling, speedometer
cracked, or badly rusted or (TPMS) sensors, replace them only or odometer calibration,
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming with new GM original equipment headlamp aim, bumper height,
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and parts. This way, you will be sure to vehicle ground clearance, and tire
wheel nuts should be replaced. have the right wheel, wheel bolts, or tire chain clearance to the
If the wheel leaks air, replace it, wheel nuts, and TPMS sensors for body and chassis.
except some aluminum wheels, the vehicle.
which can sometimes be repaired. See If a Tire Goes Flat on
See your dealer if any of these page 1061 for more information.
conditions exist. { WARNING
Your dealer will know the kind of Using the wrong replacement
wheel you need. wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
Each new wheel should have the nuts on your vehicle can be
same load-carrying capacity, dangerous. It could affect the
diameter, width, offset, and be braking and handling of your
mounted the same way as the one it vehicle, make your tires lose air
replaces. and make you lose control. You
could have a collision in which
you or others could be injured.
Always use the correct wheel,
wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for
replacement.
Vehicle Care 10-61
Used Replacement Wheels Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat

Notice: Use tire chains only It is unusual for a tire to blowout
{ WARNING where legal and only when you while you are driving, especially if
must. Use only SAE ClassS you maintain your vehicle's tires
Putting a used wheel on the
type chains that are the proper properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is
vehicle is dangerous. You cannot
size for your tires. Install them on much more likely to leak out slowly.
know how it has been used or the front tires and tighten them as But if you should ever have a
how far it has been driven. tightly as possible with the ends blowout, here are a few tips about
It could fail suddenly and cause a securely fastened. Drive slowly what to expect and what to do:
crash. If you have to replace a and follow the chain
wheel, use a new GM original If a front tire fails, the flat tire
manufacturer's instructions. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
equipment wheel. If you can hear the chains toward that side. Take your foot off
contacting your vehicle, stop and the accelerator pedal and grip the
retighten them. If the contact steering wheel firmly. Steer to
continues, slow down until it maintain lane position, and then
stops. Driving too fast or gently brake to a stop, well off the
spinning the wheels with chains road, if possible.
on will damage your vehicle.
10-62 Vehicle Care
A rear blowout, particularly on a

curve, acts much like a skid and { WARNING { WARNING
may require the same correction
you would use in a skid. In any rear Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting
blowout remove your foot from the permanent damage to the tire. under it to do maintenance or
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle Re-inflating a tire after it has repairs is dangerous without the
under control by steering the way been driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and
you want the vehicle to go. It may under-inflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with
be very bumpy and noisy, but you blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for
can still steer. Gently brake to a Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for
stop, well off the road, if possible. that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could
severely under-inflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the
Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only
replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire.
possible.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 63.
Vehicle Care 10-63

Changing a tire can be To be certain the vehicle will not
dangerous. The vehicle can slip move, put blocks at the front and
off the jack and roll over or fall on rear of the tire farthest away from
you or other people. You and they the one being changed. That
could be badly injured or even would be the tire on the other
killed. Find a level place to side, at the opposite end of the
change your tire. To help prevent vehicle.
the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly. When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), A. Wheel Block
2. Put an automatic use the following example as a
transmission shift lever in guide to assist you in the placement B. Flat Tire
P (Park), or shift a manual of wheel blocks (A). The following information explains
transmission to 1 (First) or how to repair or change a tire.
R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
(Continued)
10-64 Vehicle Care
Tire Changing 1. Open the trunk or liftgate. See

Trunk on page 27 or Liftgate
Removing the Spare Tire and (Hatchback) on page 29.
Tools 2. Lift the trim cover.
The compact spare tire and tools
you will need are located in the
trunk.
5. Turn the retainer

counterclockwise and remove it
from the compact spare.
6. Remove the compact spare tire.
See Compact Spare Tire on
3. Remove the foam tray. page 1069 for more information.
4. Remove the jack, the jack
A. Jack handle, and the wheel wrench
from the foam tray.
B. Wheel Wrench
C. Jack Handle
D. Screwdriver (if equipped)
Vehicle Care 10-65
Removing the Flat Tire and

Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 1061.
2. If your vehicle has wheel covers,
turn the four plastic caps
counterclockwise by hand or by
using the wheel wrench. The
plastic nuts do not come off of
the cover.
3. Remove the wheel cover using 4. Turn the wheel nuts Hatchback
the flat end of the jack handle. counterclockwise to loosen
Pry along the edge of the wheel them. Do not remove them yet.
cover until it comes off.
Store the wheel cover in the
cargo area until you have the flat
tire repaired or replaced.
10-66 Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Raising your vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
Sedan 8. Insert the jack handle into the 9. Turn the wheel wrench
jack and the wheel wrench onto clockwise to raise the vehicle.
5. Locate the notch in the frame
the end of the jack handle. Raise the vehicle far enough off
near each wheel which the jack
head fits in. the ground so there is enough
6. Position the jack and raise the
{ WARNING room for the compact spare tire
to fit underneath the wheel well.
jack head until it fits firmly into Getting under a vehicle when it is
the notch in the vehicle's frame 10. Turn the wheel nuts
jacked up is dangerous. If the counterclockwise to
nearest the flat tire. vehicle slips off the jack, you remove them.
7. Put the compact spare tire could be badly injured or killed.
near you. Never get under a vehicle when it 11. Remove the flat tire.
is supported only by a jack.
Vehicle Care 10-67
{ WARNING { WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Never use oil or grease on bolts
parts to which it is fastened, can or nuts because the nuts might
make wheel nuts become loose come loose. The vehicle's wheel
after time. The wheel could come could fall off, causing a crash.
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any 14. Install the wheel nuts with the
rust or dirt from places where the rounded end of the nuts toward
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In the wheel. Tighten each nut by
an emergency, use a cloth or a hand clockwise until the wheel
paper towel to do this; but be sure 12. Remove any rust or dirt from is held against the hub.
to use a scraper or wire brush the wheel bolts, mounting
later, if needed, to get all the rust surfaces and spare wheel.
or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat
13. Place the compact spare tire
on page 1061.
on the wheel-mounting surface.
10-68 Vehicle Care
15. Lower the vehicle by turning the proper sequence and to the Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
the wheel wrench proper torque specification. See and Tools
counterclockwise. Lower the Capacities and Specifications on
jack completely. page 122 for the wheel nut
torque specification.
{ WARNING
{ WARNING Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
Wheel nuts that are improperly or compartment of the vehicle could
incorrectly tightened can cause cause injury. In a sudden stop or
the wheels to become loose or collision, loose equipment could
come off. The wheel nuts should strike someone. Store all these in
be tightened with a torque wrench the proper place.
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the To store a flat or compact spare tire
aftermarket manufacturer when and tools:
using accessory locking wheel 1. Store the flat tire or the compact
nuts. See Capacities and spare in the compact spare tire
Specifications on page 122 for 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in compartment.
original equipment wheel nut a crisscross sequence, as
shown. 2. Secure the retainer.
torque specifications.
Notice: Wheel covers will not fit 3. Store the tools securely in the
on your vehicle's compact spare. foam tray and place the tray
Notice: Improperly tightened back in the cargo area.
If you try to put a wheel cover on
wheel nuts can lead to brake
the compact spare, the cover or 4. Replace the trim cover.
pulsation and rotor damage. To
the spare could be damaged.
avoid expensive brake repairs,
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in
Vehicle Care 10-69
The compact spare tire is for After installing the compact spare Do not use your compact spare on
temporary use only. Replace the on your vehicle, you should stop as other vehicles.
compact spare tire with a full-size soon as possible and make sure Do not mix your compact spare tire
tire as soon as you can. See your spare tire is correctly inflated. or wheel with other wheels or tires.
Compact Spare Tire on page 1069. The compact spare is intended to Keep your spare tire and its wheel
perform well at speeds up to together.
Compact Spare Tire 80 km/h (50 mph), so you can finish
your trip and have your full-size tire Notice: Tire chains will not fit the
repaired or replaced where you compact spare. Using them can
{ WARNING want. Replace your spare with a damage the vehicle and can
full-size tire as soon as you can. damage the chains too. Do not
Driving with more than one
use tire chains on the compact
compact spare tire at a time could Notice: When the compact spare spare.
result in loss of braking and is installed, do not take the
handling. This could lead to a vehicle through an automatic car
crash and you or others could be wash with guide rails. The
injured. Use only one compact compact spare can get caught on
spare tire at a time. the rails which can damage the
tire, wheel and other parts of the
vehicle.
The compact spare tire was fully
inflated when the vehicle was new, it
can lose air after a time. Check the
inflation pressure regularly. It should
be 414 kPa (60 psi).
10-70 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps

could result in costly damage to
vehicle, and the bad grounding
could damage the electrical
For more information about the the vehicle that would not be systems.
vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty. To avoid the possibility of the
page 1027.
Trying to start the vehicle by vehicles rolling, set the parking
If the vehicle's battery has run pushing or pulling it will not brake firmly on both vehicles
down, you may want to use another work, and it could damage the involved in the jump start
vehicle and some jumper cables to vehicle. procedure. Put an automatic
start your vehicle. Be sure to use transmission in P (Park) or a
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
the following steps to do it safely. manual transmission in
have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system. N (Neutral) before setting the
{ WARNING Notice: Only use vehicles with
parking brake.
12-volt systems with negative Notice: If you leave the radio or

Batteries can hurt you. They can other accessories on during the
be dangerous because: grounds to jump start your
vehicle. If the other vehicle's jump starting procedure, they
. They contain acid that can system is not a 12-volt system could be damaged. The repairs
burn you. with a negative ground, both would not be covered by the
vehicles can be damaged. warranty. Always turn off the
. They contain gas that can
radio and other accessories when
explode or ignite. 2. Get the vehicles close enough jump starting the vehicle.
. They contain enough so the jumper cables can reach,
electricity to burn you. but be sure the vehicles are not
touching each other. If they are,
If you do not follow these steps it could cause a ground
exactly, some or all of these connection you do not want. You
things can hurt you. would not be able to start your
Vehicle Care 10-71
3. Turn off the ignition on both

vehicles. Unplug unnecessary { WARNING { WARNING
accessories plugged into the
cigarette lighter or the accessory Using a match near a battery can Fans or other moving engine
power outlet. Turn off the radio cause battery gas to explode. parts can injure you badly. Keep
and all lamps that are not People have been hurt doing this, your hands away from moving
needed. This will avoid sparks and some have been blinded. parts once the engine is running.
and help save both batteries. Use a flashlight if you need more
And it could save the radio! light. 5. Check that the jumper cables do
4. Open the hoods and locate the Be sure the battery has enough not have loose or missing
batteries. Find the positive (+) water. You do not need to add insulation. If they do, you could
and negative () terminal water to the battery installed in get a shock. The vehicles could
locations on each vehicle. See your new vehicle. But if a battery be damaged too.
Engine Compartment Overview has filler caps, be sure the right Before you connect the cables,
on page 108 for more amount of fluid is there. If it is low, here are some things you should
information on location. add water to take care of that know. Positive (+) will go to
first. If you don't, explosive gas positive (+) or to a remote
{ WARNING could be present. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one. Negative () will go to a
An electric fan can start up even Battery fluid contains acid that
heavy, unpainted metal engine
when the engine is not running can burn you. Do not get it on part or to a remote negative ()
and can injure you. Keep hands, you. If you accidentally get it in terminal if the vehicle has one.
clothing and tools away from any your eyes or on your skin, flush
underhood electric fan. the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
10-72 Vehicle Care
Do not connect positive (+) to

negative () or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
negative () cable to the
negative () terminal on the dead
battery because this can cause
sparks.
7. Do not let the other end touch 8. Now connect the black
metal. Connect it to the negative () cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the negative () terminal of the good
good battery. Use a remote battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle negative () terminal if the
has one. vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step. The
other end of the negative ()
cable does not go to the dead
6. Connect the red positive (+) battery. It goes to a heavy,
cable to the positive (+) terminal unpainted metal engine part or
of the dead battery. Use a to a remote negative () terminal
remote positive (+) terminal if the on the vehicle with the dead
vehicle has one. battery.
Vehicle Care 10-73
9. Connect the other end of the To disconnect the jumper cables

negative () cable at least 45 cm from both vehicles, do the following:
(18 in) away from the dead 1. Disconnect the black
battery, but not near engine negative () cable from the
parts that move. vehicle that had the dead
The electrical connection is just battery.
as good there, and the chance 2. Disconnect the black
of sparks getting back to the negative () cable from the
battery is much less. vehicle with the good battery.
10. Now start the vehicle with the 3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
good battery and run the cable from the vehicle with the
engine for a while. good battery.
Jumper Cable Removal
11. Try to start the vehicle that had 4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine
the dead battery. If it will not cable from the other vehicle.
Part or Remote Negative ()
start after a few tries, it
Terminal
probably needs service.
B. Good Battery or Remote
Notice: If the jumper cables are
Positive (+) and Remote
connected or removed in the
Negative () Terminals
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the C. Dead Battery or Remote
vehicle. The repairs would not be Positive (+) Terminal
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct
order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other or
other metal.
10-74 Vehicle Care
Towing Recreational Vehicle Here are some important things to

consider before recreational vehicle
Towing towing:
Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing means . What is the towing capacity of
Notice: To avoid damage, the towing the vehicle behind another the towing vehicle? Be sure to
disabled vehicle should be towed vehicle such as a motor home. read the tow vehicle
with all four wheels off the The two most common types of manufacturer's
ground. Care must be taken with recreational vehicle towing are recommendations.
vehicles that have low ground known as dinghy towing and dolly
clearance and/or special towing. Dinghy towing is towing the . What is the distance that will be
equipment. vehicle with all four wheels on the travelled? Some vehicles have
ground. Dolly towing is towing the restrictions on how far and how
Consult your dealer or a long they can tow.
vehicle with two wheels on the
professional towing service if the
ground and two wheels up on a . Is the proper towing equipment
disabled vehicle needs to be towed.
device known as a dolly. going to be used? See your
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 136. dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
If the vehicle has lost battery power, equipment recommendations.
the shift lever needs to be manually
released to neutral for towing. See
. Is the vehicle ready to be
Shift Lock Manual Release under towed? Just as preparing the
Shifting Out of Park on page 923. vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
To tow the vehicle behind another towed.
vehicle such as behind a
motorhome, for recreational
purposes, see Recreational Vehicle
Towing following.
Vehicle Care 10-75
Dinghy Towing Dolly Towing From the Front 3. Put an automatic transmission in
P (Park) or a manual
transmission in N (Neutral).
4. Set the parking brake and
remove the key.
5. For an automatic transmission,
insert the key into the shift lock
release slot and shift to
N (Neutral). See Shifting Out of
Park on page 923.
6. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
Notice: If the vehicle is towed The vehicle can be towed from the towing.
with all four wheels on the front using a dolly. To tow the
ground, the drivetrain 7. Release the parking brake.
vehicle using a dolly, follow these
components could be damaged. steps:
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
tow the vehicle with all four vehicle following the dolly
wheels on the ground. manufacturer's instructions.
The vehicle was not designed to be 2. Drive the front wheels onto the
towed with all four wheels on the dolly.
ground. If the vehicle must be
towed, a dolly should be used. See
Dolly Towing that follows for more
information.
10-76 Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing From the Rear Appearance Care Do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight. Use a car washing soap.
Do not use cleaning agents that are
Exterior Care petroleum based or that contain
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will acid or abrasives, as they can
make them last longer, seal better, damage the paint, metal, or plastic
and not stick or squeak. Apply on the vehicle. Approved cleaning
silicone grease with a clean cloth. products can be obtained from your
During very cold, damp weather dealer. Follow all manufacturers'
frequent application may be directions regarding correct product
required. usage, necessary safety
precautions and appropriate
Washing the Vehicle disposal of any vehicle care
The best way to preserve the product.
Notice: Towing the vehicle vehicle's finish is to keep it clean by Rinse the vehicle well, before
from the rear with the front washing it often. washing and after to remove all
wheels on the ground could cleaning agents completely. If they
Notice: Certain cleaners contain
cause transmission damage. Do are allowed to dry on the surface,
chemicals that can damage the
not tow the vehicle from the rear they could stain.
emblems or nameplates on the
with the front wheels on the
vehicle. Check the cleaning Dry the finish with a soft, clean
ground.
product label. If it states that it chamois or an all-cotton towel to
should not be used on plastic avoid surface scratches and water
parts, do not use it on the vehicle spotting.
or damage may occur and it
would not be covered by the
warranty.
Vehicle Care 10-77
High pressure car washes may If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are
cause water to enter the vehicle. clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather and
Avoid using high pressure washes gives more depth and gloss to the chemical fallout that can take their
closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. To help
surface of the vehicle. Use of power waxes and polishes that are keep the paint finish looking new,
washers exceeding 8 274 kPa non-abrasive and made for a keep the vehicle garaged or
(1,200 psi) can result in damage or basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. covered whenever possible.
removal of paint and decals. Notice: Machine compounding or Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ aggressive polishing on a Parts
Lenses basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
Bright metal parts should be
may damage it. Use only
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a cleaned regularly to keep their
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
soft cloth and a car washing soap to luster. Washing with water is all that
that are made for a basecoat/
clean exterior lamps and lenses. is usually needed. However, chrome
clearcoat paint finish on the
Follow instructions under Washing polish may be used on chrome or
vehicle.
the Vehicle. stainless steel trim, if necessary.
Foreign materials such as calcium
Finish Care Use special care with aluminum
chloride and other salts, ice melting
trim. To avoid damaging protective
Occasional waxing or mild polishing agents, road oil and tar, tree sap,
trim, never use auto or chrome
of the vehicle by hand may be bird droppings, chemicals from
polish, steam or caustic soap to
necessary to remove residue from industrial chimneys, etc., can
clean aluminum. A coating of wax,
the paint finish. Approved cleaning damage the vehicle's finish if they
rubbed to high polish, is
products can be obtained from your remain on painted surfaces. Wash
recommended for all bright metal
dealer. the vehicle as soon as possible.
parts.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
10-78 Vehicle Care
Windshield and Wiper Blades Aluminum Wheels The surface of these wheels is
similar to the painted surface of the
Clean the outside of the windshield Notice: Using strong soaps,
vehicle. Do not use strong soaps,
with glass cleaner. chemicals, abrasive polishes,
chemicals, abrasive polishes,
Clean the rubber blades using a lint cleaners, brushes, or cleaners
abrasive cleaners, cleaners with
free cloth or paper towel soaked that contain acid on aluminum or
acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes
with windshield washer fluid or a chrome-plated wheels, could
on them because they could
mild detergent. Wash the windshield damage the surface of the
damage the surface. Do not use
thoroughly when cleaning the wheel(s). The repairs would not
chrome polish on aluminum wheels.
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap and a be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Use only approved Notice: Driving the vehicle
buildup of vehicle wash/wax
cleaners on aluminum or through an automatic car wash
treatments may cause wiper
chrome-plated wheels. that has silicone carbide tire
streaking. Replace the wiper blades
cleaning brushes, could damage
if they are worn or damaged. Keep the wheels clean using a soft
the aluminum or chrome-plated
Wipers can be damaged by: clean cloth with mild soap and
wheels. The repairs would not be
water. Rinse with clean water. After
. Extreme dusty conditions covered by the vehicle warranty.
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft
Never drive a vehicle that has
. Sand and salt clean towel. A wax may then be
aluminum or chrome-plated
applied.
. Heat and sun wheels through an automatic car
Notice: Using chrome polish on wash that uses silicone carbide
. Snow and ice, without proper aluminum wheels could damage tire cleaning brushes.
removal the wheels. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Use chrome polish on
chrome wheels only.
Vehicle Care 10-79
Tires Finish Damage flushed. Your dealer or an

underbody car washing system can
To clean the tires, use a stiff brush Any stone chips, fractures, or deep
do this.
with tire cleaner. scratches in the finish should be
Notice: Using petroleum-based repaired right away. Bare metal will Underbody Maintenance
tire dressing products on the corrode quickly and may develop
into major repair expense. Chemicals used for ice and snow
vehicle may damage the paint removal and dust control can collect
finish and/or tires. When applying Minor chips and scratches can be on the underbody. If these are not
a tire dressing, always wipe off repaired with touch-up materials removed, corrosion and rust can
any overspray from all painted available from your dealer. Larger develop on the underbody parts
surfaces on the vehicle. areas of finish damage can be such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,
corrected in your dealer's body and and exhaust system even though
Sheet Metal Damage paint shop. they have corrosion protection.
If the vehicle is damaged and Chemicals used for ice and snow At least every spring, flush these
requires sheet metal repair or removal and dust control can collect materials from the underbody with
replacement, make sure the body on the underbody. If these are not plain water. Clean any areas where
repair shop applies anti-corrosion removed, corrosion and rust can mud and debris can collect. Dirt
material to parts repaired or develop on the underbody parts packed in close areas of the frame
replaced to restore corrosion such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, should be loosened before being
protection. and exhaust system even though flushed. Your dealer or an
Original manufacturer replacement they have corrosion protection. underbody car washing system can
parts will provide the corrosion At least every spring, flush these do this.
protection while maintaining the materials from the underbody with
vehicle warranty. plain water. Clean any areas where
mud and debris can collect. Dirt
packed in close areas of the frame
should be loosened before being
10-80 Vehicle Care
Chemical Paint Spotting Lighter colored interiors may cleaning the glass on the vehicle,
require more frequent cleaning. use only a soft cloth and glass
Some weather and atmospheric
Newspapers and garments that can cleaner.
conditions can create a chemical
transfer color to home furnishings Cleaners can contain solvents that
fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall
can also transfer color to the can become concentrated in the
upon and attack painted surfaces on
vehicle's interior. vehicle's interior. Before using
the vehicle. This damage can take
two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped Remove dust from small buttons cleaners, read and adhere to all
discolorations, and small, irregular and knobs with a small brush with safety instructions on the label.
dark spots etched into the paint soft bristles. While cleaning the vehicle's interior,
surface. Your dealer has products for maintain adequate ventilation by
cleaning the vehicle's interior. When opening the vehicle's doors and
Although no defect in the paint job
cleaning the vehicle's interior, only windows.
causes this, we will repair, at no
charge to the owner, the surfaces of use cleaners specifically designed Do not clean the interior using the
new vehicles damaged by this for the surfaces that are being following cleaners or techniques:
fallout condition within 12 months or cleaned. Permanent damage can . Never use a knife or any other
20 000 km (12,000 miles) of result from using cleaners on sharp object to remove a soil
purchase, whichever occurs first. surfaces for which they were not from any interior surface.
intended. Apply the cleaner directly
Interior Care to the cleaning cloth to prevent . Never use a stiff brush. It can
over-spray. Remove any accidental cause damage to the vehicle's
The vehicle's interior will continue to over-spray from other surfaces interior surfaces.
look its best if it is cleaned often. immediately. . Never apply heavy pressure or
Dust and dirt can accumulate on the
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners rub aggressively with a cleaning
upholstery and cause damage to
when cleaning glass surfaces on cloth. Use of heavy pressure can
the carpet, fabric, leather, and
the vehicle, could scratch the damage the interior and does
plastic surfaces. Stains should be
glass and/or cause damage to the not improve the effectiveness of
removed quickly as extreme heat
rear window defogger. When soil removal.
could cause them to set rapidly.
Vehicle Care 10-81

. Use only mild, neutral-pH soaps. transfer color to home furnishings Cleaners can contain solvents that
Avoid laundry detergents or can also transfer color to the can become concentrated in the
dishwashing soaps with vehicle's interior. vehicle's interior. Before using
degreasers. Using too much cleaners, read and adhere to all
soap will leave a residue that Remove dust from small buttons
and knobs with a small brush with safety instructions on the label.
leaves streaks and attracts dirt. While cleaning the vehicle's interior,
For liquid cleaners, about soft bristles.
maintain adequate ventilation by
20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of Your dealer has products for opening the vehicle's doors and
water is a good guide. cleaning the vehicle's interior. When windows.
. Do not heavily saturate the cleaning the vehicle's interior, only
use cleaners specifically designed Do not clean the interior using the
upholstery while cleaning. following cleaners or techniques:
for the surfaces that are being
. Damage to the vehicle's interior cleaned. Permanent damage can . Never use a knife or any other
may result from the use of many result from using cleaners on sharp object to remove a soil
organic solvents such as naptha, surfaces for which they were not from any interior surface.
alcohol, etc. intended. Apply the cleaner directly . Never use a stiff brush. It can
The vehicle's interior will continue to to the cleaning cloth to prevent cause damage to the vehicle's
look its best if it is cleaned often. over-spray. Remove any accidental interior surfaces.
Dust and dirt can accumulate on the over-spray from other surfaces
upholstery and cause damage to immediately. . Never apply heavy pressure or
the carpet, fabric, leather, and rub aggressively with a cleaning
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners cloth. Use of heavy pressure can
plastic surfaces. Stains should be when cleaning glass surfaces on
removed quickly as extreme heat damage the interior and does
the vehicle, could scratch the not improve the effectiveness of
could cause them to set rapidly. glass and/or cause damage to the soil removal.
Lighter colored interiors may require rear window defogger. When
more frequent cleaning. cleaning the glass on the vehicle,
Newspapers and garments that can use only a soft cloth and glass
cleaner.
10-82 Vehicle Care

. Use only mild, neutralpH soaps. cleaning, gently remove as much of 5. If the soil is not completely
Avoid laundry detergents or the soil as possible using one of the removed, use a mild soap
dishwashing soaps with following techniques: solution and repeat the cleaning
degreasers. Using too much process that was used with plain
soap will leave a residue that
. For liquids: gently blot the
remaining soil with a paper water.
leaves streaks and attracts dirt.
For liquid cleaners, about towel. Allow the soil to absorb If any of the soil remains, a
20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of into the paper towel until no commercial fabric cleaner or spot
water is a good guide. more can be removed. lifter may be necessary. Test a small
. For solid dry soils: remove as hidden area for colorfastness before
. Do not heavily saturate the using a commercial upholstery
upholstery while cleaning. much as possible and then
vacuum. cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally
. Do not use organic solvents cleaned area gives any impression
such as naptha, alcohol, etc. To clean: that a ring formation may result,
Damage to the vehicle's interior 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white clean the entire surface.
may result. cloth with water or club soda. A paper towel can be used to blot
Fabric/Carpet 2. Remove excess moisture. excess moisture from the fabric or
carpet after the cleaning process.
Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft 3. Start on the outside edge of the
brush attachment to remove dust soil and gently rub toward the Leather/Leatherette
and loose dirt. A canister vacuum center. Continue cleaning, using Leather, and lighter colored leather
with a beater bar in the nozzle may a clean area of the cloth each in particular, will need more frequent
only be used on floor carpet and time it becomes soiled. cleaning to prevent the buildup of
carpeted floor mats. For soils, 4. Continue to gently rub the dust, dirt, and colors transferred
always try to remove them first with soiled area. from other items so that these do
plain water or club soda. Before not become permanent stains.
Vehicle Care 10-83
To remove dust, a soft cloth Instrument Panel, Vinyl and Some commercial products may
dampened with water can be used. other Plastic Surfaces increase gloss on the instrument
If a more thorough cleaning is panel. The increase in gloss may
necessary, a soft cloth dampened To remove dust, a soft cloth cause annoying reflections in the
with a mild soap solution can be dampened with water can be used. windshield and even make it difficult
used. Your dealer has a GM If a more thorough cleaning is to see through the windshield under
approved leather cleaner available necessary, a clean soft cloth certain conditions.
that provides superior cleaning dampened with a mild soap solution
performance when used regularly can be used to gently remove dust Care of Safety Belts
on finished automotive leathers. and dirt. Never use spot lifters or
Keep belts clean and dry.
Allow the leather to dry naturally. Do removers on plastic surfaces. Many
commercial cleaners and coatings
not use heat, steam, spot lifters or
spot removers, or shoe polish on that are sold to preserve and { WARNING
leather. Many commercial leather protect soft plastic surfaces may
permanently change the Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
cleaners and coatings that are sold It may severely weaken them. In
to preserve and protect leather may appearance and feel of the interior
and are not recommended. Do not a crash, they might not be able to
permanently change the provide adequate protection.
appearance and feel of the leather use silicone or wax-based products,
or those containing organic solvents Clean safety belts only with mild
and are not recommended. Do not soap and lukewarm water.
use silicone or wax-based products, to clean the vehicle's interior
or those containing organic solvents because they can alter the
to clean the vehicle's interior appearance by increasing the gloss
because they can alter the in a non-uniform manner.
appearance by increasing the gloss
in a non-uniform manner
10-84 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the
proper floor mat usage. Floor Mat
{ WARNING . The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need
is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended
interfere with the accelerator that GM certified floor mats be
pedal and/or brake pedal. purchased. Non-GM floor mats
Interference with the pedals can may not fit properly and may
cause unintended acceleration interfere with the accelerator or
and/or increased stopping brake pedal. Always check that
distance which can cause a crash the floor mats do not interfere
and injury. Make sure the floor with the pedals.
mat does not interfere with the . Use the floor mat with the
accelerator or brake pedal. correct side up. Do not turn
it over. The driver side floor mat is held in
place by one hook-type retainer.
. Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat. 1. Pull up on the rear of the mat to
remove it from the hooks.
. Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side. 2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining
up the openings on the floor mat
. Do not place one floor mat on over the hooks and push it down
top of another. into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured and verify that
it does not interfere with the
accelerator or brake pedals.
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and General Information Scheduled Maintenance. To keep

the vehicle in good condition, see
Maintenance Notice: Maintenance intervals,
checks, inspections,
your dealer.
The maintenance schedule is for
recommended fluids, and
vehicles that:
General Information lubricants are necessary to keep
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 this vehicle in good working . Carry passengers and cargo
condition. Damage caused by within recommended limits on
Scheduled Maintenance failure to follow scheduled the Tire and Loading Information
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2 maintenance might not be label. See Vehicle Load Limits
covered by the vehicle warranty. on page 912.
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts As the vehicle owner, you are . Are driven on reasonable road
Recommended Fluids and responsible for the scheduled surfaces within legal driving
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 maintenance in this section. We limits.
Maintenance Replacement recommend having your dealer . Use the recommended fuel. See
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 perform these services. Proper Recommended Fuel on
vehicle maintenance helps to keep page 935.
Maintenance Records the vehicle in good working
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9 condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions for
better air quality.
Because of all the different ways
people use vehicles, maintenance
needs vary. The vehicle might need
more frequent checks and services.
Please read the information under
11-2 Service and Maintenance
The proper replacement parts, Scheduled

{ WARNING fluids, and lubricants to use are
Performing maintenance work can
listed in Recommended Fluids and Maintenance
Lubricants on page 116 and
be dangerous. Some jobs can Maintenance Replacement Parts on When the Change Engine Oil
cause serious injury. Perform page 118. We recommend the use Light Displays
maintenance work only if you of genuine parts from your dealer. Change engine oil and filter. See
have the required know-how and Engine Oil on page 109. An
the proper tools and equipment. Rotation of New Tires
Emission Control Service.
If in doubt, see your dealer to To maintain ride, handling, and
have a qualified technician do the performance of the vehicle, it is When the change engine oil light
work. See Doing Your Own important that the first rotation displays, service is required for the
Service Work on page 105. service for new tires be performed. vehicle as soon as possible, within
Tires should be rotated every the next 1 000 km/600 miles.
12 000 km/7,500 miles. See Tire If driving under the best conditions,
At your dealer, you can be certain Rotation on page 1054. the engine oil life system might not
that you will receive the highest indicate the need for vehicle service
level of service available. Your for more than a year. The engine oil
dealer has specially trained service and filter must be changed at least
technicians, uses genuine once a year and the oil life system
replacement parts, as well as, must be reset. Your dealer has
uptodate tools and equipment to trained service technicians who will
ensure fast and accurate perform this work and reset the
diagnostics. system. If the engine oil life system
is reset accidentally, service the
vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 miles
since the last service. Reset the oil
life system whenever the oil is

. Windshield wiper blade . Brake system inspection
changed. See Engine Oil Life inspection for wear, cracking, (or every 12 months, whichever
System on page 1012. or contamination and windshield occurs first).
and wiper blade cleaning, . Steering and suspension
Every Engine Oil Change if contaminated. See Exterior inspection. Visual inspection for
. Change engine oil and filter. Care on page 1076. Worn or damaged, loose, or missing
Reset oil life system. See damaged wiper blade parts or signs of wear.
Engine Oil on page 109 and replacement. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 1030. . Body hinges and latches, key
Engine Oil Life System on
lock cylinders, and trunk lid
page 1012. An Emission . Tire inflation pressures check. hinges and latches lubrication.
Control Service. See Tire Pressure on See Recommended Fluids and
. Engine coolant level check. See page 1048. Lubricants on page 116. More
Engine Coolant on page 1018. . Tire wear inspection. See Tire frequent lubrication may be
. Engine cooling system Inspection on page 1053. required when the vehicle is
inspection. Visual inspection of . Rotate tires if necessary. See exposed to a corrosive
hoses, pipes, fittings, and Tire Rotation on page 1054. environment. Applying silicone
clamps and replacement, grease on weatherstrips with a
. Fluids visual leak check (or clean cloth makes them last
if needed.
every 12 months, whichever longer, seal better, and not stick
. Windshield washer fluid level occurs first). A leak in any or squeak.
check. See Washer Fluid on system must be repaired and the
page 1024. fluid level checked.
. Restraint system component
check. See Safety System
. Engine air cleaner filter Check on page 323.
inspection. See Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter on page 1016.
. Fuel system inspection for
damage or leaks.

. Exhaust system and nearby heat Additional Required Services Once a Year
shields inspection for loose or
damaged components. Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles
. See Starter Switch Check on
page 1028.
. PCV system inspection. An . Rotate tires. Tires should be
Emission Control Service. The rotated every 12 000 km/
. See Automatic Transmission
U.S. Environmental Protection 7,500 miles. See Tire Rotation Shift Lock Control Function
Agency or the California Air on page 1054. Check on page 1028.
Resources Board has . See Ignition Transmission Lock
At Each Fuel Stop
determined that the failure to Check on page 1029.
perform this maintenance item . Engine oil level check. See
Engine Oil on page 109.
. See Park Brake and P (Park)
will not nullify the emission
Mechanism Check on
warranty or limit recall liability . Engine coolant level check. See page 1029.
prior to the completion of the Engine Coolant on page 1018.
vehicle's useful life. We, . Accelerator pedal check for
however, urge that all
. Windshield washer fluid level damage, high effort, or binding.
recommended maintenance check. See Washer Fluid on Replace if needed.
services be performed at the page 1024. . Underbody flushing service.
indicated intervals and the Once a Month
maintenance be recorded. First Engine Oil Change After
. Tire inflation pressures check. Every 40 000 km/25,000 Miles
. Automatic transmission fluid See Tire Pressure on
level check and adding fluid, if page 1048.
. Engine air cleaner filter
needed. See Automatic replacement. See Engine Air
Transmission Fluid on
. Tire wear inspection. See Tire Cleaner/Filter on page 1016.
page 1013. Inspection on page 1053. . Spark plug replacement and
. Sunroof track and seal spark plug wires inspection. Not
inspection, if equipped. See to exceed 60 000 km/
Sunroof on page 216. 37,500 miles. An Emission
Control Service.

. Engine accessory drive belt or delivery service. See First Engine Oil Change After
inspection for fraying, excessive Automatic Transmission Fluid on Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles
cracks, or obvious damage and page 1013.
replacement, if needed.
. Timing belt replacement.
. Power steering pump accessory . Valve clearance adjustment.
. Passenger compartment air drive belt replacement.
filter replacement (or every First Engine Oil Change After
24 months, whichever occurs
. Evaporative control system
Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles
first). More frequent replacement inspection. Check all fuel and
may be needed if you drive in vapor lines and hoses for proper . Engine cooling system drain,
areas with heavy traffic, areas hookup, routing, and condition. flush, and refill (or every
with poor air quality, or areas EVAP vent solenoid valve five years, whichever occurs
with high dust levels. replacement. An Emission first). See Engine Coolant on
Replacement may also be Control Service. The U.S. page 1018. An Emission
needed if you notice reduced air Environmental Protection Control Service.
flow, windows fogging up, Agency or the California Air
or odors. Your dealer can help Resources Board has
you determine when it is the determined that the failure to
right time to replace the filter. perform this maintenance item
will not nullify the emission
First Engine Oil Change After warranty or limit recall liability
Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles prior to the completion of the
. Automatic transmission fluid and vehicle's useful life. We,
filter change (severe service however, urge that all
only) for vehicles mainly driven recommended maintenance
in heavy city traffic in hot services be performed at the
weather, in hilly or mountainous indicated intervals and the
terrain, when frequently towing a maintenance be recorded.
trailer, or used for taxi, police,
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils
meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification
Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos
certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on
page 109.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
Engine Coolant
See Engine Coolant on page 1018
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, in
Hydraulic Brake System
Canada 89021320).
Windshield Washer Solvent Optikleen Washer Solvent.
Power Steering System DEXRONVI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Use only T-IV Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88900925, in
Automatic Transmission
Canada 22689186).
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 89021806, in Canada 89021807).
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Key Lock Cylinders
Canada 10953474).
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
Manual Transmission Shift Linkage
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
Chassis Lubrication
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723)
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Release Pawl
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hood and Door Hinges
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 96536696 A3081C
Engine Oil Filter 93185674
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 96962173
Spark Plugs 96476119
Wiper Blades Hatchback
Driver Side 55.9 cm (22.0 in) 96476652
Passenger Side 45.7 cm (18.0 in) 96476656
Rear 38.1 cm (15.0 in) 96301840
Wiper Blades Sedan
Driver Side 55.9 cm (22.0 in) 96476652
Passenger Side 45.7 cm (18.0 in) 96476656
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Maintenance Record
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Maintenance Record (cont'd)

Odometer
Reading

Odometer
Reading

Odometer
Reading
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification under Capacities and Specifications

on page 122 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Service Parts
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Identification Label
Service Parts Identification
This label, on the inside of the glove
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
box, has the following information:
Vehicle Data . Vehicle Identification
Capacities and Number (VIN)
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3
. Model designation
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information
the left side of the vehicle. It can be . Production options and special
seen through the windshield from equipment
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the
Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle.
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See Engine Specifications
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 116 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 6.3 L 6.7 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 4.5 L 4.8 qt
Fuel Tank 45.0 L 11.9 gal
Transmission, Automatic 5.87 L 6.2 qt
Transmission, Manual 1.8 L 1.9 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.6L L4 6 Automatic and Manual 1.0-1.1 mm (0.039-0.043 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing

12-4 Technical Data
2 NOTES
Customer Information 13-1
Customer Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
with the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by the dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-15 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16
Radio Frequency been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-16
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Radio Frequency STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16 with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-10 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications If the matter has already been
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12 reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of the dealership or the general
manager.
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, 40 days. If you do not agree with the
member of dealership management, remember that your concern will decision given in your case, you
it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's may reject it and proceed with any
resolved by the dealership without facility. That is why we suggest other venue for relief available
further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. to you.
Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE U.S. Owners: You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Canada Customer Communication sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business
We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Bureaus, Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard
inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business Suite 800
following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838
give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights.
representative: Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
The BBB Auto Line Program is an www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
. Vehicle Identification Number out of court program administered
(VIN). This is available from the by the Council of Better Business This program is available in all
vehicle registration or title, or the Bureaus to settle automotive 50 states and the District of
plate at the top left of the disputes regarding vehicle repairs or Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may factors. General Motors reserves
be required to resort to this informal the right to change eligibility
. Dealership name and location. limitations and/or discontinue its
dispute resolution program prior to
. Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the participation in this program.
present mileage. program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
STEP THREE Canadian For further information concerning Customer Assistance

Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Offices
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Chevrolet encourages customers to
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer call the toll-free number for
and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, assistance. However, if a customer
Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-3777 (English), wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), the letter should be addressed to:
Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited United States
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication Chevrolet Motor Division
of owner disputes involving Centre Chevrolet Customer Assistance
factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited Center
claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 P.O. Box 33170
the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Detroit, MI 48232-5170
an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.Chevrolet.com
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is Your inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-222-1020
designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). Telephone Devices (TTYs))
you file your complaint to the final Roadside Assistance:
decision, should be completed in 1-800-243-8872
about 70 days. We believe our From Puerto Rico:
impartial program offers advantages 1-800-496-9992 (English)
over courts in most jurisdictions 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge. From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Canada Mexico, Central America, and Online Owner Center

General Motors of Canada Limited Caribbean Islands/Countries
(Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Chevrolet Owner
Customer Communication Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Virgin Islands) Center (U.S.)
1908 Colonel Sam Drive www.chevyownercenter.com
General Motors de Mexico, S. de
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 R.L. de C.V. Information and services
www.gm.ca Customer Assistance Center customized for your specific
1-800-263-3777 (English) Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 vehicle all in one convenient
1-800-263-7854 (French) Col. Granada place.
1-800-263-3830 (For Text C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. . Digital owner manual, warranty
Telephone devices (TTYs)) 01-800-466-0800 information, and more
Roadside Assistance: Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 . Store online service and
1-800-268-6800
maintenance records
Overseas Customer Assistance for . Chevrolet dealer locator for
Please contact the local General Text Telephone (TTY) service nationwide
Motors Business Unit. Users . Exclusive privileges and offers
To assist customers who are deaf, . Recall notices for your specific
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired vehicle
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
. OnStar and GM Cardmember
equipment available at its Customer Services Earnings summaries
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Other Helpful Links Here are a few of the valuable tools GM Mobility
and services you will have
Chevrolet www.chevrolet.com
access to:
Reimbursement Program
Chevrolet Merchandise
www.chevymall.com
. My Showroom: Find and save
information on vehicles and
Help Center www.chevrolet.com/ current offers in your area.
pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do . My Dealers: Save details such
. FAQ as address and phone number
. Contact Us for each of your preferred GM
dealers. This program is available to
My GM Canada www.gm.ca qualified applicants for cost
. My Driveway: Access quick links
My GM Canada is a to parts and service estimates, reimbursement of eligible
password-protected section of check trade-in values, aftermarket adaptive equipment
www.gm.ca where you can save or schedule a service required for your vehicle, such as
information on GM vehicles, get appointment by adding the hand controls or a wheelchair/
personalized offers, and use handy vehicles you own to your scooter lift for the vehicle.
tools and forms with greater ease. driveway profile. For more information on the limited
. My Preferences: Manage your offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
profile and use tools and forms call the GM Mobility Assistance
with greater ease. Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
To sign up, visit the My GM.ca 1-800-833-9935.
section within www.gm.ca.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. Call
1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for
details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.

. Odometer reading, Vehicle
Roadside Assistance Identification Number (VIN), and
claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many
Program delivery date of the vehicle times.
For U.S.purchased vehicles, call . Description of the problem
18002438872; (Text Telephone Services Provided
(TTY): 18888892438). Coverage . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
For Canadianpurchased vehicles, Services are provided up to 5 years/ Delivery of enough fuel for the
call 1-800-268-6800. 160 000 km (100,000 miles), vehicle to get to the nearest
whichever comes first. service station.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. In the U.S., anyone driving the . LockOut Service: Service to
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a unlock the vehicle if you are
Calling for Assistance person driving the vehicle without locked out. A remote unlock may
permission from the owner is not be available if you have OnStar.
When calling Roadside Assistance,
covered. For security reasons, the driver
have the following information
must present identification
ready: Roadside Assistance is not a part of before this service is given.
. Your name, home address, and the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet and General Motors of . Emergency Tow From a Public
home telephone number
Canada Limited reserve the right to Road or Highway: Tow to the
. Telephone number of your make any changes or discontinue nearest Chevrolet dealer for
location the Roadside Assistance program at warranty service, or if the vehicle
. Location of the vehicle any time without notification. was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
. Model, year, color, and license Chevrolet and General Motors of when the vehicle is stuck in the
plate number of the vehicle Canada Limited reserve the right to sand, mud, or snow.
limit services or payment to an
owner or driver if they decide the

. Flat Tire Change: Service to Services Specific to
. Trip Interruption Benefits and
change a flat tire with the spare Canadian-Purchased Vehicles Assistance: Must be over
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, 250 kilometers from where
must be in good condition and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement your trip was started to
properly inflated. It is the owner's is approximately $5 Canadian. qualify. General Motors of
responsibility for the repair or Diesel fuel delivery may be Canada Limited requires
replacement of the tire if it is not restricted. Propane and other pre-authorization, original
covered by the warranty. fuels are not provided through detailed receipts, and a copy of
this service. the repair orders. Once
. Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle authorization has been received,
registration is required. the Roadside Assistance advisor
Services Not Included in will help to make arrangements
. Trip Routing Service: Detailed and explain how to receive
Roadside Assistance
maps of North America are payment.
. Impound towing caused by provided when requested either
violation of any laws. with the most direct route or the
. Alternative Service: If
most scenic route. There is a assistance cannot be provided
. Legal fines. right away, the Roadside
limit of six requests per year.
. Mounting, dismounting, Additional travel information is Assistance advisor may give
or changing of snow tires, also available. Allow three permission to get local
chains, or other traction devices. weeks for delivery. emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
. Towing or services for vehicles
after sending the original receipt
driven on a non-public road or
to Roadside Assistance.
highway.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options

Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
When your vehicle requires To enhance your ownership
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
warranty service, contact your experience, we and our participating
to minimize your inconvenience by
dealer and request an appointment. dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
providing several transportation
By scheduling a service Transportation, a customer support
options. Depending on the
appointment and advising your program for vehicles with the
circumstances, your dealer can offer
service consultant of your Bumper to Bumper (Base Warranty
you one of the following:
transportation needs, your dealer Coverage period in Canada),
can help minimize your extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle Service
inconvenience. hybridspecific warranties in both
Shuttle service is the preferred
If your vehicle cannot be scheduled the U.S. and Canada.
means of offering Courtesy
into the service department Several Courtesy Transportation Transportation. Dealers may provide
immediately, keep driving it until it options are available to assist in shuttle service to get you to your
can be scheduled for service, reducing your inconvenience when destination with minimal interruption
unless, of course, the problem is warranty repairs are required. of your daily schedule. This includes
safety related. If it is, please call Courtesy Transportation is not a oneway or roundtrip shuttle service
your dealership, let them know this, part of the New Vehicle Limited within reasonable time and distance
and ask for instructions. Warranty. A separate booklet parameters of the dealer's area.
If the dealer requests you to bring entitled Warranty and Owner
the vehicle for service, you are Assistance Information furnished
urged to do so as early in the work with each new vehicle provides
day as possible to allow for the detailed warranty coverage
same day repair. information.
Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program

Reimbursement Your dealer may arrange to provide Information
If your vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle
warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at
transportation is used instead of the that you obtain if your vehicle is every dealer. Please contact your
dealer's shuttle service, the expense kept for an overnight warranty dealer for specific information
must be supported by original repair. Rental reimbursement will be about availability. All Courtesy
receipts and can only be up to the limited and must be supported by Transportation arrangements will be
maximum amount allowed by GM original receipts. This requires that administered by appropriate dealer
for shuttle service. In addition, for you sign and complete a rental personnel.
U.S. customers, should you arrange agreement and meet state/
transportation through a friend or provincial, local, and rental vehicle General Motors reserves the right to
relative, limited reimbursement for provider requirements. unilaterally modify, change,
reasonable fuel expenses may be Requirements vary and may include or discontinue Courtesy
available. Claim amounts should minimum age requirements, Transportation at any time and to
reflect actual costs and be insurance coverage, credit card, etc. resolve all questions of claim
supported by original receipts. See You are responsible for fuel usage eligibility pursuant to the terms and
your dealer for information regarding charges and may also be conditions described herein at its
the allowance amounts for responsible for taxes, levies, usage sole discretion.
reimbursement of fuel or other fees, excessive mileage, or rental
transportation costs. usage beyond the completion of the
repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts subsequent collisions. Aftermarket
may also be used for repair. These parts are not covered by your GM
If your vehicle is involved in a parts are typically removed from New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and
collision and it is damaged, have the vehicles that were total losses in any vehicle failure related to such
damage repaired by a qualified prior crashes. In most cases, the parts is not covered by that
technician using the proper parts being recycled are from warranty.
equipment and quality replacement undamaged sections of the vehicle.
parts. Poorly performed collision A recycled original equipment GM Repair Facility
repairs diminish your vehicle's part may be an acceptable choice to GM also recommends that you
resale value, and safety maintain your vehicle's originally choose a collision repair facility that
performance can be compromised designed appearance and safety meets your needs before you ever
in subsequent collisions. performance; however, the history of need collision repairs. Your dealer
Collision Parts these parts is not known. Such parts may have a collision repair center
are not covered by your GM New with GM-trained technicians and
Genuine GM Collision parts are new Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any stateoftheart equipment, or be
parts made with the same materials related failures are not covered by able to recommend a collision repair
and construction methods as the that warranty. center that has GM-trained
parts with which your vehicle was technicians and comparable
originally built. Genuine GM Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by equipment.
Collision parts are your best choice
to ensure that your vehicle's companies other than GM and may
designed appearance, durability, not have been tested for your
and safety are preserved. The use vehicle. As a result, these parts may
of Genuine GM parts can help fit poorly, exhibit premature
maintain your GM New Vehicle durability/corrosion problems, and
Limited Warranty. may not perform properly in
Insuring Your Vehicle If your vehicle is leased, the leasing Gather the following information:
company may require you to have . Driver's name, address, and
Protect your investment in your GM
insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number
vehicle with comprehensive and
Genuine GM Original Equipment
collision insurance coverage. There . Driver's license number
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
are significant differences in the
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Owner's name, address, and
quality of coverage afforded by
parts. Read your lease carefully, as telephone number
various insurance policy terms.
you may be charged at the end of
Many insurance policies provide . Vehicle license plate number
your lease for poor quality repairs.
reduced protection to your GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
. Vehicle make, model, and
If a Crash Occurs model year
damage repairs by using
aftermarket collision parts. Some If there has been an injury, call . Vehicle Identification
insurance companies will not emergency services for help. Do not
Number (VIN)
specify aftermarket collision parts. leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of. . Insurance company and policy
When purchasing insurance, we
Move the vehicle only if its position number
recommend that you ensure that
your vehicle will be repaired with puts you in danger, or you are . General description of the
GM original equipment collision instructed to move it by a police damage to the other vehicle
parts. If such insurance coverage is officer.
Choose a reputable repair facility
not available from your current Give only the necessary information that uses quality replacement parts.
insurance carrier, consider switching to police and other parties involved See Collision Parts earlier in this
to another insurance carrier. in the crash. section.
For emergency towing see If the airbag has inflated, see What
Roadside Assistance Program on Will You See After an Airbag
page 136. Inflates? on page 330.
Managing the Vehicle Damage aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Service Publications
Repair Process your repair professional, and insist
on Genuine GM parts. Remember,
Ordering Information
In the event that your vehicle if your vehicle is leased, you may be
requires damage repairs, GM Service Manuals
obligated to have the vehicle
recommends that you take an active repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Manuals have the diagnosis
role in its repair. If you have a even if your insurance coverage and repair information on the
pre-determined repair facility of does not pay the full cost. engines, transmission, axle,
choice, take your vehicle there, suspension, brakes, electrical,
or have it towed there. Specify to If another party's insurance steering, body, etc.
the facility that any required company is paying for the repairs,
replacement collision parts be you are not obligated to accept a Service Bulletins
original equipment parts, either new repair valuation based on that Service Bulletins give additional
Genuine GM parts or recycled insurance company's collision policy technical service information
original GM parts. Remember, repair limits, as you have no needed to knowledgeably service
recycled parts will not be covered by contractual limits with that company. General Motors cars and trucks.
your GM vehicle warranty. In such cases, you can have control Each bulletin contains instructions
of the repair and parts choices as to assist in the diagnosis and
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, long as the cost stays within
but you must live with the repair. service of your vehicle.
reasonable limits.
Depending on your policy limits, Owner Information
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, ORDER TOLL FREE: Reporting Safety

Owner Manual, and Warranty 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday
Booklet. 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time Defects
RETAIL SELL PRICE: For Credit Card Orders Only
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Reporting Safety Defects
shipping fees Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com to the United States
Without Portfolio: Owner Or you can write to: Government
Manual only. Helm, Incorporated If you believe that your vehicle
RETAIL SELL PRICE: P.O. Box 07130 has a defect which could cause
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Detroit, MI 48207 a crash or could cause injury or
shipping fees Prices are subject to change without death, you should immediately
Current and Past Models notice and without incurring inform the National Highway
obligation. Allow ample time for Traffic Safety Administration
Technical Service Bulletins and delivery.
Manuals are available for current (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
and past model GM vehicles. Note to Canadian Customers: All General Motors.
listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Canadian residents are to
If NHTSA receives similar
make checks payable in U.S. funds. complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects
the Vehicle Safety Hotline to the Canadian to General Motors
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
http://www.safercar.gov; or If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like
write to: believe that your vehicle has a this, notify General Motors.
safety defect, notify Transport Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Administrator, NHTSA Canada immediately, and notify
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Chevrolet Motor Division
General Motors of Canada Limited.
Washington, D.C. 20590 Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Call them at 1-800-333-0510 or
Center
You can also obtain other write to:
P.O. Box 33170
information about motor Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170
vehicle safety from Road Safety Branch
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
http://www.safercar.gov. 2780 Sheffield Road
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances
Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur.
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose
Privacy of an EDR is to record, in certain Important: EDR data is recorded
crash or near crash-like situations, by your vehicle only if a non-trivial
Your GM vehicle has a number of crash situation occurs; no data is
sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that will recorded by the EDR under normal
information about the vehicles driving conditions and no personal
performance and how it is driven. assist in understanding how a
vehicle's systems performed. The data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
For example, your vehicle uses crash location) is recorded.
computer modules to monitor and EDR is designed to record data
related to vehicle dynamics and However, other parties, such as law
control engine and transmission enforcement, could combine the
performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. EDR data with the type of
conditions for airbag deployment personally identifying data routinely
and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed
to record such data as: acquired during a crash
if so equipped, to provide antilock investigation.
braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in your
vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating To read data recorded by an EDR,
data to help your dealer technician special equipment is required, and
service your vehicle. Some modules
. Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is
may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle
operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened manufacturer, other parties, such as
fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was law enforcement, that have the
These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the
owners personal preferences, such brake pedal information if they have access to
as radio pre-sets, seat positions, the vehicle or the EDR.
. How fast the vehicle was
and temperature settings. traveling
GM will not access this data or www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by Radio Frequency

share it with others except: with the pressing the Q button and
consent of the vehicle owner or,
Statement
speaking to an advisor.
if the vehicle is leased, with the This vehicle has systems that
consent of the lessee; in response Radio Frequency operate on a radio frequency that
to an official request by police or comply with Part 15 of the Federal
similar government office; as part of Identification (RFID) Communications Commission (FCC)
GM's defense of litigation through RFID technology is used in some rules and with Industry Canada
the discovery process; or, as vehicles for functions such as tire Standards RSS210/220/310.
required by law. Data that GM pressure monitoring and ignition Operation is subject to the following
collects or receives may also be system security, as well as in two conditions:
used for GM research needs or may connection with conveniences such
be made available to others for as key fobs for remote door locking/ 1. The device may not cause
research purposes, where a need is unlocking and starting, and interference.
shown and the data is not tied to a in-vehicle transmitters for garage 2. The device must accept any
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. door openers. RFID technology in interference received, including
GM vehicles does not use or record interference that may cause
OnStar personal information or link with any undesired operation of the
If your vehicle is equipped with an other GM system containing device.
active OnStar system, that system personal information.
Changes or modifications to any of
may also record data in crash or these systems by other than an
near crashlike situations. The authorized service facility could void
OnStar Terms and Conditions authorization to use this equipment.
provides information on data
collection and use and is available
in the OnStar glove box kit, at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
INDEX i-1
A Airbags Audio System

Adding Equipment to the Backglass Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Accessories and
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36 Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Add-On Electrical
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-25
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Servicing Airbag-Equipped Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36 Automatic Transmission
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 3-36
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Shift Lock Control
Adjustments
Alarm System Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Anti-Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-16
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Antenna B
Multi-Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Anti-Theft Inadvertent Power Saver . . . . . . 6-5
Airbag System
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
Antilock Brake Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-30
How Does an Airbag
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Passenger Sensing
Appearance Care Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
What Makes an Airbag
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-17
What Will You See After
Assistance Program,
an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . .3-30
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
When Should an Airbag
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-26
i-2 INDEX
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35 Carbon Monoxide Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36

Center High-Mounted Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24 Cleaning
Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . 10-34 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-80
Front Turn Signal, Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Sidemarker, and Cautions, Danger, and Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Center High-Mounted Cluster, IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-35 Central Door Unlock System . . . . 2-6 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-10
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Sidemarker, Stoplamps, Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-13 Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
and Backup Lamps . . . . . . . . 10-33 Check Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Ignition Coolant
C Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-29 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
California Child Restraints Engine Temperature
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-35 Infants and Young Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Perchlorate Materials Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Lower Anchors and Courtesy Transportation
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-48 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Capacities and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55, 3-59 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-43 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
INDEX i-3
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4 Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 E

Text Telephone (TTY) Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Electrical Equipment,
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4 Door
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Customer Assistance Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Electrical System
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 Ajar Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Engine Compartment
Customer Information Central Door Unlocking
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Service Publications System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Fuses and Circuit
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Customer Satisfaction Driving
Instrument Panel Fuse
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
D Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Engine
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-10 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-8
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Danger, Warnings, and If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . .5-19
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Check and Service Engine
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-15 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
Daytime Running Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-8
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Daytime Running Lamps Driving for Better Fuel
Coolant Temperature
(DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
i-4 INDEX
Engine (cont.) Fog Lamps Fuses

Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Engine Compartment
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-25 Front Fog Lamps Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4, 9-19 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Fuses and Circuit
Engine Oil Front Seats Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-36
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Instrument Panel Fuse
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-15 Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Front Turn Signal
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 G
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34 Gasoline
F Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35
Filter Filling a Portable Fuel Gauges
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39 Engine Coolant
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37 Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-36 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-35 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-84 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-20 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Fluid Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-13 Requirements, California . . . . .9-35 Warning Lights and
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26 Fuel Economy Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
INDEX i-5
General Information Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-8 K

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Keyless Entry
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 How to Wear Safety Belts
Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
GM Mobility Reimbursement Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
I L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-42
H Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Lamps
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Ignition Transmission Lock
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Inadvertent Power Battery
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-14
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-31 Infants and Young Children,
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Daytime Running Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
LATCH System
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Replacing Parts After a
Daytime Running Lamps Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii, 7-1
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
(DRL) Indicator Light . . . . . . . .5-20
Latch, Lower Anchors and
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 J Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70 Liftgate
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1
Lighting
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
i-6 INDEX
Lights Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Mirrors

Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-20 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Antilock Brake System Lower Anchors and Tethers Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 for Children (LATCH Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Change Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 SYSTEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Monitor System, Tire
Daytime Running Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 M Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21 Maintenance
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 N
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Maintenance Schedule New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Recommended Fluids and
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 O
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-14
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 5-11 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Off-Road
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Oil
Locks Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Central Door Unlocking Change Engine Oil Light . . . . . .5-19
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-38
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
INDEX i-7
Operation, Infotainment Power Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Recommended Fluids and
Outlets Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Records
Pregnancy, Using Safety Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
P Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Recreational Vehicle
Park Privacy Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21 Radio Frequency Reimbursement Program,
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23 Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-16 GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Program Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Brake and P (Park) Proposition 65 Warning, Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-29 California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Replacement Parts
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-24 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Parking Lamps R Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-32 Radio Frequency Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-38
Passenger Airbag Status Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-16 Replacing LATCH System
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16 Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Passenger Compartment Air Radios Replacing Safety Belt
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 System Parts After a
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-31 Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Perchlorate Materials Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Reporting Safety Defects
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-8 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
i-8 INDEX
Restraints Safety Defects Reporting Service (cont.)

Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46 Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-14 Maintenance, General
Roadside Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Roof Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Publications Ordering
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3 Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 11-2 Servicing the
Running the Vehicle While Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-8 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 3-36
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 Seats Shift Lock Control Function
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Check, Automatic
S Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4 Shifting
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6, 3-8 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
How to Wear Safety Belts Securing Child Sidemarker
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55, 3-59 Bulb Replacement . . . 10-32, 10-33
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20 Security Signals, Turn and
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . .3-23 Service Spare Tire
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-22 Accessories and Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-4 Specifications and
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-5 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-9 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . 1-4, 9-19
INDEX i-9
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Tires (cont.) Transmission

Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-69 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61 Transportation Program,
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-51 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Storage Areas Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53 Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-50 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54 Turn and Lane-Change
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Terminology and Turn Signal
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Uniform Tire Quality
T Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58 U
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Wheel Alignment and Tire Uniform Tire Quality
Taillamps Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4 When It Is Time for New Using this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-12 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Towing
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Tires Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-74
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-64
i-10 INDEX
V Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Vehicle
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
When It Is Time for New
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-46
Vehicle Care
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Vehicle Identification
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Windshield
Service Parts Identification
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-30
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
W
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

2011 Aveo Owner Manual PDF

Cargado por

Información del documento

Título original

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

2011 Aveo Owner Manual PDF

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Chevrolet Aveo Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

2011 Chevrolet Aveo Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1

2011 Chevrolet Aveo Owner Manual M

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Using this Manual Symbols

Vehicle Symbol Chart # : Fog Lamps

In Brief Vehicle Features

A. Air Vents on page 84. H. Horn on page 53. Initial Drive

Starting the Engine Remote Keyless Entry

Trunk Release For more information see Trunk on Power Windows

On vehicles with power windows,

Seat Adjustment Seat Height Adjuster Manual Lumbar

Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright Head Restraint

Safety Belt Sensing System for

Mirror Adjustment Power Outside Mirrors Interior Mirror

The control is on the instrument

Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting

Misting Function Climate Controls

A. Temperature Control D. Air Conditioning (A/C)

A. Temperature Control D. Rear Window Defogger

When Hold Mode is selected in Five-Speed Manual

CD/AUX: Press to play a CD when Storing a Favorite Station Satellite Radio

Portable Audio Devices Steering Wheel Controls

+ VOLUME : Press the Cruise Control Trip Computer (US Only)

Power Outlets Sunroof To vent the sunroof, open the

Hood Release Driving for Better Fuel

OnStar How OnStar Service Works (18884667827) or TTY

information about your vehicle cant Your Responsibility

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors and Exterior Mirrors

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks Your vehicle may have an electronic

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

K (Unlock): Press to unlock Programming Transmitters to To replace the battery:

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Central Door Unlocking Safety Locks Using the Safety Locks

If one of the doors, trunk, or liftgate

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

Opening a Rear Door When the Doors

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Remote Trunk Release handle is only intended to aid a

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Liftgate (Hatchback) WARNING (Continued)

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Power Mirrors

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

To adjust the mirrors: Interior Mirrors Windows

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Window Lockout Sun Visors Roof

The window lockout is with the

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17

To open the sunroof to the vent

2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows